WO2014154014A1 - Method and system for obtaining serving base station information about user equipment - Google Patents

Method and system for obtaining serving base station information about user equipment Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014154014A1
WO2014154014A1 PCT/CN2014/000095 CN2014000095W WO2014154014A1 WO 2014154014 A1 WO2014154014 A1 WO 2014154014A1 CN 2014000095 W CN2014000095 W CN 2014000095W WO 2014154014 A1 WO2014154014 A1 WO 2014154014A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
base station
target
message
paging
serving base
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2014/000095
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
刘玉兰
陈琳
黄莹
罗宇民
马书宇
谢峰
鲁照华
Original Assignee
中兴通讯股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 中兴通讯股份有限公司 filed Critical 中兴通讯股份有限公司
Publication of WO2014154014A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014154014A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00Network data management

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a method and system for acquiring user equipment serving base station information.
  • D2D Device-to-Device, device to the new direction of future communication technology development
  • Equipment The application of D2D technology can reduce the burden of cellular networks, reduce the battery power consumption of user equipment, increase the data rate, and improve the robustness of the network infrastructure, which satisfies the requirements of the above high data rate services and neighboring service services.
  • D2D technology can work in licensed or unlicensed frequency bands, allowing multiple D2D-enabled user equipment (D2D User Equipment, D2D UE) to directly discover without network infrastructure or network infrastructure.
  • D2D technology usage scenarios can be divided into LTE network coverage and LTE-free network coverage, including at least the following scenarios: 1) Commercial/social use, including voice and data communication, data communication and Subdivided into information sharing, information push and information interaction; 2) network offload, when the network load is large, the system converts the communication between the adjacent user equipment (User Equipment, UE for short) into D2D for communication; Communication does not go through the core network and is directly routed through the base station; 3) Public safety, applicable to the public safety spectrum, used without network coverage; 4) Extended coverage, such as relay, at the edge of the network, the signal may be poor A UE that is closer to the base station can be used as a relay to assist the edge user in communicating.
  • D2D technology includes two parts: D2D discovery and D2D communication.
  • D2D discovery refers to the discovery of neighboring terminals capable of D2D communication, and D2D communication, that is, data transmission between terminals.
  • each UE can also be assigned a discovery identifier (discovery ID).
  • the area where the ID is valid is called the discovery area, and each discovery area also has a discovery area identifier (discovery area ID).
  • the network side can assist the terminal to perform D2D discovery and communication, and realize management and control of D2D discovery and communication.
  • the control signaling between the two UEs participating in the D2D discovery and communication interacts between the serving base stations corresponding to the two UEs. For example, in the D2D discovery process controlled by the base station, if the discovery message is sent by the UE, the second user equipment (UE2) listens to the discovery signal sent by the first user equipment (UE1), and responds with a response message, and the response message is sent by the UE2.
  • the serving base station forwards to the serving base station of UE1, and finally forwards it to UE1, so that UE1 discovers UE2; if it is to initiate discovery of the UE to listen for the discovery signal, UE1 monitors the discovery signal sent by UE2, and UE1 sends a verification message to its own serving base station, which is UE1.
  • the serving base station forwards the verification message to the serving base station of the UE2 to verify whether the UE2 can be found. If the UE2 can be found to be discovered, the serving base station of the UE2 sends a verification confirmation message to the serving base station of the UE1, and then forwards it to the UE1, so that the UE1 discovers the UE2. .
  • the UE1 sends a D2D connection setup request message to its own serving base station, requesting to establish a D2D communication connection with the UE2, and after receiving the message, the serving base station of the UE1 forwards the message to the service of the UE2.
  • the base station is finally forwarded by the serving base station of UE2 to UE2. If UE2 determines that D2D communication can be performed, the response message of the reply also passes through the serving base station of UE2 and the serving base station of UE1, and finally forwards to UE1 to implement establishment of a D2D communication connection between UE1 and UE2.
  • the serving base station There are two scenarios depending on the location of the serving base station where the two UEs participating in the D2D discovery and communication are located.
  • the signaling messages between UEs can be forwarded by one base station, but the base station is also required to determine whether both UEs are in their own serving cell.
  • the other is that two UEs are served by different base stations, as shown in Figure 2.
  • the serving base station of UE1 needs to know the serving base station corresponding to UE2 before forwarding the signaling message.
  • the MME can know the location of the UE, that is, the base station serving cell corresponding to the connected state UE or the tracking area corresponding to the idle state UE. If the UE is in the idle state, the MME needs to page the UE within the tracking area corresponding to the UE to find the location of the UE, and obtain the serving base station identifier where the UE is located.
  • This method requires sending a lot of signaling messages, resulting in a long signaling path, excessive network overhead, heavy load, and large delay, which cannot reflect the advantages of D2D. Summary of the invention
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a method and a system for acquiring information about a user equipment serving base station, and solves the problem that the method for acquiring the location of the UE causes a long signaling path, a large network overhead, a heavy load, and a large delay.
  • a method for obtaining information about a base station of a user equipment service including:
  • the network element obtains the serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the indication information, where the network element is any one of the following devices:
  • UE User Equipment
  • base station MME
  • D2D registration server D2D registration server
  • the acquiring, by the network element, the serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the indication information includes: obtaining, by the network element, the serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message sent by the target UE.
  • the acquiring, by the network element, the serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message sent by the target UE including:
  • the network element Receiving, by the network element, the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message sent by the target UE, parsing the information carried by the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message from the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message, and acquiring according to the information The serving base station identifier of the target UE.
  • the network element receives the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message sent by the target UE, where the network element directly receives the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message from the target UE, or forwards through another network element. Indirectly receiving the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message.
  • the other network element includes other UEs, base stations, MMEs, DRSs, and network management systems other than the target UE.
  • the information carried in the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message is information indicating a service base station identifier
  • the information indicating the identifier of the serving base station includes any one or any of the following information:
  • the information carried by the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message is a resource of the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message, and the resource of the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message includes a time domain involved in the discovery signal, Frequency domain and code domain.
  • the obtaining, by the network element, the serving base station identifier of the target UE, according to the information the acquiring, by the network element, the discovery signal sent by the target UE or the resource and base station identifier of the discovery signal response message, from the locally saved information. Mapping relationship, or,
  • the network element acquires, from other network elements, a mapping relationship between the discovery signal sent by the target UE or the resource of the discovery signal response message and the identifier of the base station;
  • the other network elements include a UE, a base station, an MME, a DRS, and a network management system.
  • the foregoing method for obtaining user equipment serving base station information includes:
  • each base station allocates a resource set, and UEs served by different base stations use different resources to send discovery signals or discovery signal response messages, and the resources served by each base station UE transmit discovery signals or discovery signal response messages.
  • the base station has a one-to-one correspondence, and the one-to-one correspondence constitutes a mapping relationship between a resource for transmitting a discovery signal or a discovery signal response message of the UE and the base station;
  • the resources of the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message are allocated by any of the following devices: a base station, an MME, a D2D registration server, and a network management system.
  • the acquiring, by the network element, the serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the indication information includes: obtaining, by the network element, the serving base station identifier of the opposite UE according to the discovery area identifier (the discovery area ID) of the target UE;
  • the discovery area ID is carried in any of the following messages:
  • the network element Obtaining, by the network element, the mapping relationship between the discovery area ID and the base station identifier from another network element; the network element acquiring, according to the mapping relationship between the discovery area ID and the base station identifier, the service base station identifier of the target UE, and
  • the other network elements include a UE, a base station, an MME, a DRS, and a network management system.
  • the network element When the mapping relationship between the discovery area ID and the base station identifier is that one discovery area ID corresponds to one base station, or one discovery area ID corresponds to one or more cells below one base station, the network element directly according to the discovery area ID, And deriving the serving base station identifier of the target UE; and when the mapping relationship between the discovery area ID and the base station identifier is that the discovery area ID corresponds to multiple base stations or cells under multiple base stations, the network element is based on the discovery
  • the area ID and the auxiliary information are used to derive a serving base station identifier of the target UE, and the auxiliary information includes a discovery ID.
  • the discovery area ID is allocated by a base station, an MME, a D2D registration server, a network management system, or other network element.
  • the discovery area ID is allocated by the base station to negotiate between the base stations, and the target UE is allocated a discovery area ID that does not conflict with the discovery area ID corresponding to the neighboring base station.
  • the acquiring, by the network element, the serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the indication information including: obtaining, by the network element, the serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the discovery identifier (discovery ID) of the target UE;
  • the discovery ID is carried in any of the following messages:
  • the acquiring, by the network element, the serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the discovery ID of the target UE includes:
  • the other network elements include a UE, a base station, an MME, a DRS, and a network management system.
  • the foregoing method for obtaining user equipment serving base station information includes:
  • the UEs in the neighboring base stations are allocated different discovery ID sets by the base station negotiation, and each discovery ID corresponds to the uniquely determined base station identifier;
  • the MME allocates different discovery ID sets to the UEs in the neighboring base stations, and each discovery ID corresponds to the uniquely determined base station identifier;
  • the D2D registration server allocates different discovery ID sets to the UEs in the neighboring base stations, and each discovery ID correspondingly determines the base station identifier;
  • the network management system allocates different discovery ID sets to the UEs in the neighboring base stations, and each discovery ID correspondingly determines the base station identifier.
  • the D2D registration server is an independent network element, or is in the same network element as the base station or the MME or the network management system or other nodes.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information, including: the network element obtains a serving base station identifier of a target user equipment (UE) by sending a paging message; and
  • the network element is any of the following devices:
  • UE UE, base station, mobility management entity (MME), and device-to-device D2D registration server (DRS).
  • MME mobility management entity
  • D2D registration server D2D registration server
  • the network element is a source UE, and the network element obtains a serving base station identifier of the target UE by sending a paging message, including:
  • the source UE carries a paging message to the peer network element in the discovery signal, where the paging message includes the identifier of the target UE, and the peer network element is any one of the following devices:
  • the identifier of the target UE includes: a Short Format Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity (S-TMSI), an International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI), a Globally Unique Temporary Identity (GUTI), a Discovery Identity (Discovery ID), and an Internet Protocol (IP). address;
  • S-TMSI Short Format Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity
  • IMSI International Mobile Subscriber Identity
  • GUI Globally Unique Temporary Identity
  • Discovery ID Discovery Identity
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the manner in which the source UE sends the discovery signal is broadcast or unicast or multicast.
  • the source UE further includes:
  • the target UE monitors that the discovery signal sent by the source UE carries a paging message, and determines whether the paging message is paging the target UE;
  • the target UE When the source UE is determined to call the target UE, the target UE replies to the source UE with a paging response message, and carries the own serving base station identifier in the paging response message;
  • the target UE ignores the paging message when it is determined that the source UE is not calling the target UE.
  • the target UE that listens to the discovery signal sent by the source UE carries a paging message, and determines whether the paging message is to page the target UE, including:
  • the target UE determines whether the UE identifier carried in the paging message matches the UE identity of the target UE itself; the UE identifier includes an S-TMSI, an IMSL GUTL discovery ID, and an IP address;
  • the target UE determines that the paging message is paging the target UE itself; when there is no match, the target UE determines whether the paging message is paging the target UE itself.
  • the target UE replies to the source UE with a paging response message, including: the target UE directly replies to the source UE with a paging response message; or
  • the target UE forwards the paging response message to the source UE through a base station and/or a MME and/or a D2D registration server and/or a network management system.
  • the target UE replies to the source UE with a paging response message, including: Determining, by the target UE, a type of state in which the target UE is located, where the target UE is in a connected state and an idle state;
  • the target UE performs a corresponding operation according to the type of the state in which it is located.
  • the target UE performs a corresponding operation according to the type of the state in which the UE is located, including:
  • the target UE When the target UE is in the connected state, the target UE sends a paging response message to its serving base station after receiving the paging message.
  • the target UE performs a corresponding operation according to the type of the state in which the UE is located, including:
  • the target UE When the target UE is in an idle state, the target UE randomly accesses its own serving base station after receiving the paging message;
  • the serving base station of the target UE After receiving the random access message of the target UE, the serving base station of the target UE sends a paging response message to the serving base station of the source UE;
  • the serving base station of the source UE After receiving the paging response message, the serving base station of the source UE sends a paging response message to the source UE.
  • the target UE randomly accesses the serving base station, including:
  • the target UE After receiving the paging message, the target UE immediately performs a random access procedure and/or a reply paging response message; or
  • the target UE After receiving the paging message, the target UE performs a random access procedure and/or a reply paging response message in a TAU procedure, such as a tracking area update (TAU) period, where the paging response message is random.
  • a TAU procedure such as a tracking area update (TAU) period, where the paging response message is random.
  • the network element is a base station, and the network element obtains the service base station identifier of the target UE by sending a paging message, including:
  • the base station sends a paging message to the neighboring base station on the interface (X2 interface) between the base station and the base station, and the paging target UE includes all the base stations having the X2 interface with the base station or the same base station as the base station.
  • the base station and the base station having the X2 interface, the paging message includes an identifier of the target UE, and the identifier of the target UE includes any one or any of the following information: S-TMSL IMSL GUTL discovery ID, and IP address;
  • the base station receives the paging response message returned by the neighboring base station, where the paging response message carries the serving base station identifier of the target UE.
  • the paging message is a D2D paging message.
  • the method further includes: after receiving the paging message, the neighboring base station acquires a state of the target UE, according to Performing a paging operation in a state in which the target UE is located, where the target UE is in a connected state and an idle state; or
  • the neighboring base station directly performs a paging operation after receiving the paging message.
  • obtaining the status of the target UE includes:
  • the neighboring base station searches for a state in which the target UE that is locally saved is located;
  • the neighboring base station acquires a state of the target UE from a message on an X2 interface sent by the base station, where
  • the message on the X2 interface includes: a base station configuration update message, a base station configuration update acknowledgement message, a handover request message, and a handover confirmation message.
  • the method further includes: obtaining, by the base station, a state in which the target UE is located, and acquiring, by the base station, the UE served by the base station by using an air interface message.
  • the air interface message includes an air interface message of the cellular communication
  • the air interface message of the cellular communication includes: a random access message, a radio resource control (RRC) connection request message, an RRC connection setup complete message, an RRC connection reestablishment request message, and an RRC connection.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the air interface message further includes: a D2D connection establishment request message and a D2D page request message.
  • the foregoing method for obtaining user equipment serving base station information includes:
  • the target UE sends the status of the target UE to other network elements in a discovery signal (beacon signal).
  • the performing the paging operation according to the state in which the target UE is located includes: When the target UE is in the connected state, the neighboring base station checks whether the target UE saves the serving base station information of the target UE in the serving cell of the neighboring base station or in the neighboring base station,
  • the neighboring base station When the target UE saves the serving base station information of the target UE in the serving cell of the neighboring base station or in the neighboring base station, the neighboring base station sends a paging response message to the base station, where The paging response message includes a serving base station identifier of the target UE, or indicates that the target UE is in the base station's own serving cell;
  • the neighboring base station pages the target UE in its own serving cell.
  • the method further includes:
  • the target UE When the target UE is in the serving cell of the neighboring base station, the target UE immediately performs a random access procedure and/or a reply paging response message after receiving the paging message sent by the neighboring base station; or
  • the paging response message is a random access message or a TAU message or an air interface message.
  • the network element is a base station, and the network element obtains a serving base station identifier of the target UE by sending a paging message, including:
  • the base station sends a paging message to the MME on the interface (S1 interface) between the base station and the packet core network to page the target UE, where the paging message includes the identifier of the target UE, and the identifier of the target UE Includes S-TMSI, IMSL GUTL Discovery ID, and IP address.
  • the paging message further includes a state in which the target UE is located, and the state in which the target UE is located includes an idle state and a connected state.
  • the base station sends a paging message to the MME on the S1 interface, and after paging the target UE, the method further includes:
  • the MME After receiving the paging message sent by the base station, the MME performs a paging operation.
  • performing the paging operation includes: Determining, by the MME, that the serving base station information of the target UE is saved; and when the MME saves the serving base station information of the target UE, the MME directly sends a paging response message to the base station, where The paging response message carries the serving base station identifier of the target UE.
  • the MME further includes:
  • the MME determines a paging area, and sends a paging message in the paging area, where the paging area includes:
  • the neighboring cells of the source base station, and the serving cells of other base stations in the same discovery area as the source base station are the neighboring cells of the source base station, and the serving cells of other base stations in the same discovery area as the source base station.
  • the MME determines a paging area, and after the step of sending the paging message in the paging area, the method further includes:
  • the target UE After receiving the paging message sent by the MME, the target UE randomly accesses the serving base station cell of the target UE, and/or sends a paging response to the serving base station of the target UE;
  • the serving base station of the target UE sends a paging response message to the base station.
  • the MME determines a paging area, and after the step of sending the paging message in the paging area, the method further includes:
  • the target UE After receiving the paging message, the target UE randomly accesses a serving base station cell of the target UE, and/or sends a paging response message to a serving base station of the target UE;
  • the serving base station of the target UE sends a paging response message to the MME, and the MME forwards the paging message to the base station.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information, including: the network element obtains the serving base station identifier of the target user equipment (UE) by sending a query request message to the device to the device D2D registration server (DRS). ; as well as
  • the network element is any of the following devices: UE, base station, and mobility management entity (MME).
  • UE mobility management entity
  • MME mobility management entity
  • the query request carries the identifier of the target UE, and the identifier of the target UE is any one or any of the following information:
  • S-TMSI Short format temporary mobile subscriber identity
  • IMSI International Mobile Subscriber Identity
  • GUI Globally Unique Temporary Identity
  • Discovery Identity Discovery Identity
  • the D2D registration server saves the serving base station information of the D2D UE, is an independent network element, or is in the same network element as the base station or the MME or the network management system or other nodes.
  • the query request message carries a cell (IE) indicating that the serving base station identifier of the target UE is queried.
  • IE cell
  • the method further includes:
  • the D2D registration server Determining, by the D2D registration server, whether the serving base station information of the target UE is saved; when the result of the determination is that the serving base station information of the target UE is saved, the D2D registration server sends an inquiry response message to the network element;
  • the D2D registration server sends a query failure message to the network element, or triggers a paging procedure, or does not perform an operation.
  • the query response message carries an IE indicating that the serving base station identifier of the target UE is queried.
  • the query failure message carries an IE indicating that the serving base station identifier of the target UE is failed to be queried.
  • the D2D registration server triggers a paging process, where the D2D registration server sends a paging message or a paging indication message to the base station or the MME, and triggers the base station or the MME to page the target UE.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a system for acquiring user equipment serving base station information, including: a network element and a target UE;
  • the network element is configured to acquire a serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the indication information; the network element is any one of the following devices: UE, base station, mobility management entity (MME), device-to-device D2D registration server (DRS), and network management system.
  • MME mobility management entity
  • D2D registration server D2D registration server
  • the network element is configured to receive a discovery signal or a discovery signal response message sent by the target UE, and parse the information carried by the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message from the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message, And obtaining, according to the information, a serving base station identifier of the target UE.
  • the network element is configured to acquire, according to the discovery area ID of the target UE, a serving base station identifier of the opposite UE.
  • the discovery area ID is carried in any of the following messages:
  • the network element is configured to acquire a serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the discovery ID of the target UE;
  • the discovery ID is carried in any of the following messages:
  • a discovery signal A discovery signal, a discovery signal response message, a D2D connection establishment request message, and a paging message.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a system for acquiring user equipment serving base station information, including: a network element and a target UE;
  • the network element is configured to acquire a serving base station identifier of the target UE by sending a paging message
  • the network element is any of the following devices:
  • UE UE, base station, mobility management entity (MME), and device-to-device D2D registration server (DRS).
  • MME mobility management entity
  • D2D registration server D2D registration server
  • the network element is configured to carry a paging message in the discovery signal and send the message to the peer network element, where the paging message includes the identifier of the target UE, where the peer network element is any one of the following devices. : a target UE, a base station, an MME, a D2D registration service base station, and a network management system; the identifier of the target UE includes: a short format temporary mobile subscriber identity (S-TMSI), an international mobile subscriber identity (IMSI), and a globally unique temporary Identification (GUTI), discovery identification (discovery ID), And an internet protocol (IP) address;
  • S-TMSI short format temporary mobile subscriber identity
  • IMSI international mobile subscriber identity
  • GUI globally unique temporary Identification
  • discovery identification discovery identification
  • IP internet protocol
  • the peer network element Receiving a paging response message sent by the peer network element, where the paging response message carries the serving base station identifier of the target UE.
  • the target UE is configured to carry a paging message in the discovery signal sent by the network element, and determine whether the paging message is to page the target UE,
  • the paging message is ignored when it is determined that the network element is not calling the target UE.
  • the system further includes a neighboring base station
  • the network element is configured to send a paging message to a neighboring base station and a paging target UE on a base station and a base station (X2 interface), where the neighboring base station includes all base stations having an X2 interface with the base station or The base station is in the same discovery area and has an X2 interface, the paging message includes an identifier of the target UE, and the identifier of the target UE includes any one or any of the following information:
  • the neighboring base station is configured to: after receiving the paging message, acquire a state in which the target UE is located, and perform a paging operation according to a state in which the target UE is located, where the target
  • the state in which the UE is located includes a connected state and an idle state; or,
  • the paging operation After receiving the paging message, the paging operation is directly performed.
  • the network element obtains the state where the target UE is located by: performing the service from the network element by using an air interface message.
  • the UE obtains, the air interface message includes an air interface message of the cellular communication, and the air interface message of the cellular communication includes: a random access message, a radio resource control (RRC) connection request message, an RRC connection setup complete message, and an RRC connection reestablishment request message. And an RRC connection reestablishment complete message, and an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the target UE is further configured to perform a random access procedure and/or back immediately after receiving the paging message sent by the neighboring base station, when the target UE is in the serving cell of the neighboring base station. Repeat paging response message; or,
  • TAU tracking area update
  • the paging response message is a random access message or a TAU message or an air interface message.
  • the system further includes an MME;
  • the network element is further configured to send a paging message to the MME on the interface (S1 interface) between the base station and the packet core network, to page the target UE, where the paging message includes the identifier of the target UE,
  • the identifier of the target UE includes an S-TMSI, an IMSL GUTL discovery ID, and an IP address.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a system for acquiring user equipment serving base station information, including: a network element, a device to device D2D registration server (DRS), and a target user equipment (UE);
  • a system for acquiring user equipment serving base station information including: a network element, a device to device D2D registration server (DRS), and a target user equipment (UE);
  • DRS device to device D2D registration server
  • UE target user equipment
  • the network element is configured to obtain a serving base station identifier of the target UE by sending a query request message to the D2D registration server;
  • the network element is any of the following devices:
  • MME mobility management entity
  • the D2D registration server is configured to determine whether the serving base station information of the target UE is saved;
  • the D2D registration server sends an inquiry response message to the network element;
  • the D2D registration server sends a query failure message to the network element, or does not perform an operation, or triggers a paging procedure.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides a method and system for acquiring information about a serving base station of a user equipment, where a network element obtains a serving base station identifier of a target UE according to the indication information, or obtains a serving base station identifier of the target UE by sending a paging message by the network element. Or, the network element obtains the serving base station identifier of the target UE by sending the query request message to the D2D registration server, so that the serving base station identifier of the target UE is directly and efficiently obtained by the network element, and the signaling path is solved by the method for acquiring the location of the UE. Longer, The network overhead is too large, the load is heavy, and the delay is large. BRIEF abstract
  • FIG. 1 is a D2D scene diagram of two UEs being in the same base station
  • 2 is a D2D scenario diagram in which two UEs are in different base stations
  • FIG. 3 is a system architecture diagram applicable to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring information about a serving base station of a user equipment according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to Embodiment 2 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring information about a serving base station of a user equipment according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to Embodiment 5 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to Embodiment 6 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to Embodiment 7 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to Embodiment 8 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to Embodiment 9 of the present invention
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to Embodiment 10 of the present invention
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring information about a serving base station of a user equipment according to Embodiment 11 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring information about a base station of a user equipment service provided by Embodiment 12 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to Embodiment 13 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to Embodiment 14 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to Embodiment 15 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to Embodiment 16 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to Embodiment 17 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring information about a user equipment serving base station according to Embodiment 18 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to Embodiment 19 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to Embodiment 20 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to Embodiment 21 of the present invention. Preferred embodiment of the invention
  • the serving base station of UE1 is rotating.
  • the assistance of the serving base station corresponding to UE2 is required.
  • the MME can know the location of the UE, that is, the base station serving cell corresponding to the connected state UE or the tracking area corresponding to the idle state UE. If the UE is in the idle state, the MME needs to page the UE within the tracking area corresponding to the UE to find the location of the UE, and obtain the serving base station identifier where the UE is located. This method requires sending a lot of signaling messages, resulting in a long signaling path, excessive network overhead, heavy load, and large delay, which cannot reflect the advantages of D2D.
  • Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and system for acquiring user equipment serving base station information, and embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings. It should be noted that, in the case of non-conflict, the features in the embodiments and the embodiments in the present application may be arbitrarily combined with each other.
  • the communication system includes a base station, a user equipment (UE), and a mobility management entity (MME).
  • the user equipment can be a cellular telephone, a cordless telephone, a conference initiation protocol (SIP) telephone, a wireless local loop station (WLL), a personal digital assistant (PDA), a handheld device with wireless connectivity, a computing device, or a connection to Other processing devices for wireless modems.
  • the base station can be used to communicate with wireless terminals, and can also be referred to as an access point, Node B, or other terminology.
  • Cellular communication can be performed between the base station and the wireless terminal, and the cellular communication can include GSM, CDMA, WCDMA, TD-SCDMA, UMTS, LTE, and other communications using cellular network technology.
  • the user equipment has device-to-device (D2D) discovery and/or communication functions, and D2D discovery and/or communication can be performed between user equipments that have D2D discovery and/or communication functions enabled.
  • the user equipment can discover other neighboring user equipments by sending discovery signals (beacon signals) or receiving discovery signals (beacon signals) of other neighboring user equipments, or can be discovered by other neighboring user equipments. In actual deployment, there may be multiple user equipments, and two user equipments performing D2D communication may be served by the same base station or by different base stations.
  • a D2D registration server may also be deployed to specifically manage the user equipment of the D2D communication.
  • the D2D registration server can be deployed on the access network, for example, on the same network element as the base station, or as a separate access network element; the D2D registration server can also be deployed on the core network, for example, with the MME. On the same network element, or as a separate core Heart network element.
  • the D2D registration server can be used to manage D2D discovery and communication, and can store information about the UE.
  • UE1 refers to the source UE
  • UE2 refers to the target UE
  • eNB1 is the serving base station of UE1
  • eNB2 is the serving base station of UE2
  • MME is the mobility management entity
  • DRS is the D2D registration server.
  • the first embodiment to the fifth embodiment of the present invention mainly describe a scheme for the network element to obtain the identifier of the target base station of the target UE according to the indication information.
  • the first embodiment to the fifth embodiment are respectively described in detail below.
  • the UE1 (source UE) is used as the network element, and the beacon signal carries the indication information as an example for description.
  • the method for initiating the discovery of the beacon signal in the beacon signal scenario of the UE is described. As shown in FIG. 4, the steps are as follows:
  • Step S401 UE2 sends a beacon signal.
  • the beacon signal can be sent in the form of broadcast, unicast, or multicast.
  • the beacon signal may be sent periodically, or may be sent in a specific discovery time slot, or may be sent when the target UE needs to discover other UEs or be discovered by other UEs.
  • Step S402 The UE1 listens to the beacon signal sent by the UE2, and obtains the indication information in the beacon signal.
  • the UE1 obtains the indication information in the beacon signal, and may be direct indication information, such as information indicating the serving base station, a discovery area identifier (discovery area ID), a discovery identifier (discovery ID), and the like.
  • the indication information related to the base station may be a base station identifier (eNB ID), a global cell unique identifier (ECGI), a physical cell identifier (PCI), an IP address, and other information that can directly or indirectly identify the base station; or may be indirect Indicates information, such as resources for sending beacon signals, and so on.
  • the UE1 (source UE) is used as the network element, and the beacon response information carries the indication information as an example for description.
  • a method for initiating discovery of a beacon response message in a scenario in which a UE sends a beacon signal is described. As shown in FIG. 5, the steps are as follows:
  • Step S501 UE1 sends a beacon signal.
  • the beacon signal can be sent in the form of broadcast, unicast, or multicast.
  • the beacon signal may be sent periodically, or may be sent in a specific discovery time slot, or may be sent when the target UE needs to discover other UEs or be discovered by other UEs.
  • Step S502 UE2 monitors the beacon signal sent by UE1.
  • Step S503 UE2 sends a beacon response message to UE1.
  • the beacon response message sent by the UE2 may carry the information about the serving base station of the UE2, including the eNB ID, ECGI, PCI, or other information that can identify the base station; or may carry the information such as the discovery ID and the discovery area ID; or carry other valid Information, etc.
  • Step S504 The UE1 receives the beacon response message of the UE2, and obtains the indication information in the beacon response message.
  • the UE1 obtains the indication information in the beacon response message, and may be direct indication information, for example, information indicating the serving base station, a discovery area identifier (discovery area ID), a discovery identifier (discovery ID), and the like.
  • the indication information related to the base station may be a base station identifier (eNB ID), a global cell unique identifier (ECGI), a physical cell identifier (PCI), an IP address, and other information that can directly or indirectly identify the base station; the UE1 acquires
  • the indication information in the beacon response message may also be an indirect indication information, such as a resource for sending a beacon corresponding message.
  • the UE1 (source UE) is used as the network element, and the beacon response message carries the indication information as an example.
  • a method for initiating discovery of a beacon signal and a beacon response message in a beacon signal scenario is described. As shown in FIG. 6, the steps are as follows: Step S601: UE1 sends a beacon signal.
  • the beacon signal can be sent in the form of broadcast, unicast, or multicast.
  • the beacon signal may be sent periodically or in a specific discovery time slot, or Sent when the target UE needs to discover other UEs or is discovered by other UEs.
  • Step S602 The UE2 listens to the beacon signal sent by the UE1, and acquires the serving base station information of the UE1.
  • the UE2 can obtain the information carried in the beacon signal sent by the UE1, and obtain the information of the serving base station of the UE1 according to the information carried in the beacon signal, and can be based on the indication information in the beacon signal, for example, the base station identifier (eNB ID), the global cell unique The identification (ECGI), the physical cell identifier (PCI), the IP address, and other information that can directly or indirectly identify the base station directly obtain the service base station identifier of the UE1; or according to other indication information carried in the beacon signal, for example, the discovery area identifier (discovery) The area ID), the discovery identifier (discovery ID), etc., derive the serving base station identifier of the UE1; or obtain the serving base station identifier of the UE1 according to the resource that the UE1 sends the beacon signal.
  • the base station identifier eNB ID
  • ECGI global cell unique The identification
  • PCI physical cell identifier
  • IP address IP address
  • Step S603 UE2 sends a beacon response message to eNB2.
  • the UE2 may carry the service base station identifier of the UE1 in the response message sent to the eNB2, and may only carry the information carried in the beacon signal acquired by the UE2. After receiving the information, the eNB2 derives the serving base station of the UE1 according to the information. Logo.
  • Step S604 The eNB2 forwards the beacon response message to the serving base station eNB1 of the UE1.
  • the eNB2 may directly obtain the information of the eNB1 from the UE2, and may also derive the information of the eNB1 according to the information reported by the UE2.
  • Step S605 The eNB1 receives the beacon response message forwarded by the eNB2, and saves the mapping relationship between the UE2 and the eNB2.
  • the eNB1 saves the mapping relationship between the UE2 and the eNB2, and means that the eNB1 stores the serving base station of the UE2 as the eNB2, and may be saved as the context of the UE2, or may be saved as the context of the UE1, or may be saved as other information.
  • Step S606 The eNB 1 forwards the beacon response message to the UE1.
  • the beacon response message forwarded by the eNB1 to the UE1 may carry the information of the eNB2, or may not be carried.
  • Step S607 The UE1 receives the beacon response message forwarded by the eNB1, and obtains the indication information in the beacon response message. If the beacon response message forwarded by the eNB1 carries the information of the eNB2, the UE1 needs to obtain the information; otherwise, it is not required.
  • the UE1 (source UE) is used as the network element, and the beacon signal or the beacon response message carrying indication information is taken as an example for description.
  • a method for obtaining a serving base station identifier of a target UE according to a beacon signal or a beacon response message is provided, as shown in FIG.
  • Step S701 The UE1 receives the beacon signal or the beacon response message sent by the UE2.
  • the beacon signal sent by the UE2 is used to discover other UEs or discovery signals found by other UEs.
  • the beacon signal can be sent in the form of broadcast, unicast, or multicast.
  • the beacon signal may be sent periodically, or may be sent in a specific discovery time slot, or may be sent when UE2 needs to discover other UEs or be discovered by other UEs.
  • the beacon response message sent by the UE2 is a reply confirmation message sent by the UE2 after receiving the beacon signal sent by the UE1.
  • Step S702 The UE1 acquires the indication information carried in the beacon signal or the beacon response message.
  • the indication information carried in the beacon signal or the beacon response message includes a base station identifier (eNB ID), a global cell unique identifier (ECGI), a physical cell identifier (PCI), an IP address, and other information capable of directly or indirectly identifying the base station.
  • eNB ID base station identifier
  • ECGI global cell unique identifier
  • PCI physical cell identifier
  • IP address IP address
  • Step S703 The UE1 obtains the serving base station identifier of the UE2 according to the beacon signal or the indication information carried in the beacon response message.
  • the UE1 obtains the serving base station identifier of the UE2 according to the beacon signal or the indication information carried in the beacon response message, and further includes: the UE1 directly obtains the serving base station identifier of the UE2 according to the beacon signal or the indication information carried in the beacon response message, or the UE1 according to the beacon
  • the signal or the indication information carried in the beacon response message indirectly acquires the serving base station identifier of the UE2.
  • the UE1 directly obtains the serving base station identifier of the UE2 according to the beacon signal or the indication information carried in the beacon response message, and further includes: UE1 can directly know the serving base station identity of UE2 according to the eNB ID and the ECGL PCL IP address.
  • Step S704 The UE1 reports the serving base station information of the UE2 to the serving base station of the UE1.
  • the UE1 can report the serving base station of UE2 to the serving base station of UE1 through the message on the air interface.
  • the message on the air interface may be an air interface message of the related cellular communication or a newly added air interface message.
  • the air interface message of the related cellular communication includes: a random access message, an RRC connection request message, an RRC connection setup complete message, an RRC connection reestablishment request message, an RRC connection reestablishment complete message, an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message, a measurement report message, And other air interface messages for cellular communications.
  • the newly added air interface message includes: a D2D connection establishment request message, a D2D page request message,
  • D2D mode switch request message and other new messages for D2D communication or cellular communication.
  • Step S705 The serving base station of UE1 saves the serving base station information of UE2 and the mapping relationship between UE2 and the serving base station of UE2.
  • the serving base station of the UE1 stores the serving base station information of the UE2 and the mapping relationship between the UE2 and the serving base station of the UE2 may be saved as the context of the UE1, may also be saved as the context of the UE2, may be saved as separate information, or may be saved as other information. .
  • the UE1 (source UE) is used as the network element, and the beacon signal or the beacon response message carrying indication information is taken as an example for description.
  • Another method for obtaining the serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the beacon signal or the beacon response message is described. As shown in FIG. 8, the steps are as follows:
  • Step S801, step S802, and step S805 are the same as step S401, step S402, and step S405 in the first embodiment of the present invention, and details are not described herein again.
  • Step S803 The UE1 reports the indication information carried in the beacon signal or the beacon response message to the serving base station of the UE1.
  • the UE1 can carry the beacon signal or the beacon response message through the message on the air interface.
  • the indication information is reported to the serving base station of UE1.
  • the message on the air interface may be an air interface message of the related cellular communication, or a newly added air interface message.
  • the air interface message of the related cellular communication includes: a random access message, an RRC connection request message, an RRC connection setup complete message, an RRC connection reestablishment request message, an RRC connection reestablishment complete message, an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message, a measurement report message, And other air interface messages for cellular communications.
  • the newly added air interface message includes: a D2D connection establishment request message, a D2D page request message, a D2D mode switching request message, and other newly added messages for D2D communication or cellular communication.
  • Step S804 The serving base station of the UE1 obtains the serving base station identifier of the UE2 according to the beacon signal or the indication information carried in the beacon response message.
  • the serving base station of the UE1 obtains the serving base station identifier of the UE2 according to the beacon signal or the indication information carried in the beacon response message, and further includes: the serving base station of the UE1 directly acquires the serving base station of the UE2 according to the beacon signal or the indication information carried in the beacon response message.
  • the identifier, or the serving base station of the UE1 indirectly obtains the serving base station identifier of the UE2 according to the beacon signal or the indication information carried in the beacon response message.
  • the serving base station of the UE1 directly obtains the serving base station identifier of the UE2 according to the beacon signal or the indication information carried in the beacon response message, and further includes:
  • the serving base station of UE1 can directly know the serving base station identity of UE2 according to the eNB ID and the ECGL PCL IP address.
  • the UE1 (source UE) is used as the network element, and the beacon signal carries the indication information as an example for description.
  • a method for obtaining a serving base station identifier of a target UE according to a resource that a target UE sends a beacon signal or a beacon response message is described. As shown in FIG. 9, the steps are as follows:
  • Step S901, step S903, and step S904 are the same as steps S401, S404, and S405 in the first embodiment of the present invention, and details are not described herein again.
  • Step S902 UE1 sends a beacon signal or a resource of a beacon response message according to UE2. Obtain the serving base station identifier of UE2.
  • the resource or beacon response message of the beacon signal includes a time domain, a frequency domain, a code domain, and the like involved in the discovery signal.
  • the UE1 acquires the serving base station identifier of the UE2 according to the resource that the UE2 sends the beacon signal or the beacon response message, and further includes:
  • the UE1 obtains the serving base station identifier of the UE2 according to the mapping relationship between the resource of the beacon signal or the beacon response message sent by the UE2 and the base station.
  • the mapping between the resource of the beacon signal or the beacon response message and the base station may be negotiated by the neighboring base station, and each base station allocates a resource set, and the UEs served by different base stations use different resources to send the beacon signal or the beacon response message.
  • the UE that is served by each base station sends a beacon signal or a resource of a b eacon response message to have a corresponding relationship with the base station; or any other resource that can be used by the UE to send a beacon signal or a beacon response message to determine any mapping relationship of the base station identifier.
  • the UE1 obtains the serving base station identifier of the UE2 according to the mapping relationship between the resource that the UE2 sends the beacon signal or the beacon response message and the base station, and further includes:
  • the UE1 stores the mapping relationship between the resource that the UE sends the beacon signal or the beacon response message and the base station, or the UE1 obtains the mapping relationship between the resource that the UE sends the beacon signal and the base station from other network elements.
  • the UE1 obtains the mapping relationship between the resources of the UE transmitting the beacon signal or the beacon response message and the base station from other network elements, and may be a network element that allocates resources from the base station, the MME, the D2D registration server, the network management system, or other beacon signals.
  • the resource for sending the beacon signal or the beacon response message may be a base station, an MME, a D2D registration server, a network management system, or other network element allocation.
  • the UE1 (source UE) is used as the network element, and the beacon signal carries the indication information as an example for description.
  • Another method for obtaining the serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the resource location of the target UE transmitting the beacon signal or the beacon response message is described. As shown in FIG. 10, the steps are as follows: Step S1001 and step S1004 are the same as steps S401 and S405 in the first embodiment of the present invention, and details are not described herein again.
  • Step S1002 The UE1 reports the resources of the beacon signal or the beacon response message sent by the UE2 to the serving base station of the UE1.
  • the UE1 can report the resources of the beacon signal or the beacon response message sent by the UE2 to the serving base station of the UE1 through the message on the air interface.
  • the message on the air interface may be an air interface message of the related cellular communication, or a newly added air interface message.
  • the air interface message of the related cellular communication includes: a random access message, an RRC connection request message, an RRC connection setup complete message, an RRC connection reestablishment request message, an RRC connection reestablishment complete message, an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message, a measurement report message, And other air interface messages for cellular communications.
  • the newly added air interface message includes: a D2D connection establishment request message, a D2D page request message, a D2D mode switching request message, and other newly added messages for D2D communication or cellular communication.
  • Step S1003 The serving base station of the UE1 acquires the serving base station identifier of the UE2 according to the resource that the UE2 sends the beacon signal or the beacon response message.
  • the serving base station of the UE1 obtains the serving base station identifier of the UE2 according to the resource that the UE2 sends the beacon signal or the beacon response message, and further includes:
  • the serving base station of the UE1 acquires the serving base station identifier of the UE2 according to the mapping relationship between the resource of the beacon signal or the beacon response message transmitted by the UE2 and the base station.
  • the mapping between the resource of the beacon signal or the beacon response message and the base station of the UE2 may be negotiated by the neighboring base station, and each base station allocates a resource set, and the UEs under different base stations use different resources to send the beacon signal or the beacon response message.
  • the resource of the beacon signal or the beacon response message sent by the UE under each base station has a corresponding relationship with the base station; or any other resource that can be used by the UE to send a beacon signal or a beacon response message to determine any mapping relationship of the base station identifier.
  • the serving base station of the UE1 obtains the serving base station identifier of the UE2 according to the mapping relationship between the resource that the UE2 sends the beacon signal or the beacon response message and the base station, and further includes: The mapping between the resource of the UE transmitting the beacon signal or the beacon response message and the base station is saved on the serving base station of the UE1, or the serving base station of the UE1 obtains the mapping relationship between the resource of the UE transmitting the beacon signal or the beacon response message and the base station from other network elements.
  • the serving base station of UE1 obtains the mapping relationship between the resources of the UE transmitting the beacon signal or the beacon response message and the base station from other network elements, and may respond to other base stations, MMEs, D2D registration servers, network management systems, or other beacon signals or beacons.
  • the network element of the message allocation resource may respond to other base stations, MMEs, D2D registration servers, network management systems, or other beacon signals or beacons.
  • the resource for sending the beacon signal or the beacon response message may be a base station, an MME, a D2D registration server, a network management system, or other network element allocation.
  • the embodiment of the present invention describes a method for obtaining a service base station identifier of a target UE according to a discovery area ID of a target UE. As shown in FIG. 11, the steps are as follows:
  • Step S1101 The network element acquires a discovery area identifier (discovery area ID) of the target UE.
  • the network element includes: a UE, a base station, an MME, a D2D registration server, a network management system, or other network elements.
  • the discovery area refers to an area allocated for D2D discovery, and the discovery identifier (discovery ID) of the UE is valid. Similar to the tracking area, it can be the tracking area or not.
  • the discovery area ID may be carried in a beacon signal or a beacon response message, or may be carried in a D2D connection establishment request message, a D2D paging request message, a D2D mode switching request message, and other messages.
  • the UE obtains the discovery area ID of the target UE, and may obtain the discovery area ID of the target UE from the beacon signal sent by the target UE, or acquire the discovery area ID of the target UE from the beacon signal response message sent by the target UE.
  • the base station acquires the discovery area ID of the target UE, and may obtain the discovery area ID of the target UE from the UE, the MME, and the D2D registration server.
  • the base station acquires the discovery area ID of the target UE from the UE, and the UE sends the discovery area ID of the target UE to the base station in the air interface message through the air interface message.
  • the message on the air interface may be an air interface message of the related cellular communication, or a newly added air interface message.
  • the air interface message of the related cellular communication includes: a random access message, an RRC connection request message, an RRC connection setup complete message, an RRC connection reestablishment request message, an RRC connection reestablishment complete message, an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message, a measurement report message, And other air interface messages for cellular communications.
  • the newly added air interface message includes: a D2D connection establishment request message, a D2D page request message, a D2D mode switching request message, and other newly added messages for D2D communication or cellular communication.
  • Step S1102 The network element acquires the service base station identifier of the target UE according to the discovery area ID of the target UE.
  • the acquiring, by the network element, the serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the discovery area identifier (the discovery area ID) of the target UE, further includes:
  • the network element obtains the mapping relationship between the discovery area ID and the base station identifier from the locally saved information, or obtains the mapping relationship between the discovery area ID and the base station identifier from other network elements.
  • the network element obtains the service base station identifier of the target UE according to the mapping relationship between the discovery area ID and the base station identifier.
  • the mapping between the discovery area ID and the base station to obtain the serving base station identifier of the target UE, and the method further includes:
  • one discovery area ID corresponds to one base station, or one discovery area ID corresponds to one or more serving cells under one base station, or other mapping relationship of the base station identifier can be directly determined according to the discovery area ID.
  • the network element may directly derive the serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the discovery area ID.
  • the network element may be
  • the serving base station identifier of the target UE is derived according to the discovery area ID and other auxiliary information.
  • the auxiliary information includes: a discovery ID, a uniquely assigned base station valid identifier in the discovery area, or other useful information.
  • the discovery area ID may be allocated by a base station, an MME, a D2D registration server, a network management system, or other network elements.
  • the discovery area ID is allocated by the base station, and the negotiation between the base stations can be performed to ensure that the discovery area IDs of the neighboring base stations do not conflict.
  • the embodiment of the present invention describes a method for acquiring a service base station identifier of a target UE according to a discovery ID of a target UE. As shown in FIG. 12, the steps are as follows:
  • Step S1201 The network element acquires a discovery identifier (discovery ID) of the target UE.
  • the network element includes: a UE, a base station, an MME, a D2D registration server, a network management system, or other network elements.
  • the UE obtains the discovery ID of the target UE, and may obtain the discovery ID of the target UE from the beacon signal sent by the target UE, or obtain the discovery ID of the target UE from the beacon signal response message sent by the target UE.
  • the base station acquires the discovery ID of the target UE, and may obtain the discovery ID of the target UE from the UE, the MME, and the D2D registration server.
  • the base station obtains the discovery ID of the target UE from the UE, and the UE sends the discovery ID of the target UE to the base station in the air interface message through the air interface message.
  • the message on the air interface may be an air interface message of the related cellular communication, or a newly added air interface message.
  • the air interface message of the related cellular communication includes: a random access message, an RRC connection request message, an RRC connection setup complete message, an RRC connection reestablishment request message, an RRC connection reestablishment complete message, an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message, a measurement report message, And other air interface messages for cellular communications.
  • the newly added air interface message includes: a D2D connection establishment request message, a D2D page request message, D2D mode switch request message, and other new messages for D2D communication or cellular communication.
  • Step S1202 The network element acquires the serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the discovery ID of the target UE.
  • the acquiring, by the network element, the serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the discovery ID of the target UE further includes:
  • the network element acquires the service base station identifier of the target UE according to the mapping relationship between the discovery ID of the target UE and the base station.
  • the mapping relationship between the discovery ID of the UE and the base station may be that the neighboring base station uses different discovery ID sets, and the base station identifier may be uniquely determined according to the discovery ID.
  • the discovery ID set of the UE may be negotiated by a neighboring base station, and each base station allocates one discovery ID set, and the UEs under different base stations use different discovery IDs; or the MME allocates different discovery ID sets to the base stations managed by the MME. Or the D2D registration server allocates a discovery ID set to the base station; or the other network element allocates a discovery ID set to the base station.
  • Embodiments 10 to 16 of the present invention mainly describe a method for a network element to acquire a target UE serving base station identifier by using a paging message. The following describes the embodiments in detail.
  • the UE1 (source UE) is a network element, and the beacon signal carries a paging message as an example for description.
  • a method for obtaining a serving base station of a target UE by carrying a paging message in a beacon signal is described. As shown in FIG. 13, the steps are as follows:
  • Step S1301 UE1 sends a beacon signal, and carries a paging message in the beacon signal.
  • the sending manner of the beacon signal sent by the UE1 may be broadcast, unicast, or multicast.
  • the beacon signal may be sent periodically, or may be sent in a specific discovery time slot, or may be sent when the target UE needs to discover other UEs or be discovered by other UEs.
  • the paging message carried by the UE1 in the beacon signal includes the identifier of the UE2.
  • the identifier of the UE2 may be a discovery ID, an S-TMSL IMSL GUTL IP address, or other information that may identify the UE2.
  • the UE2 determines whether it is paging itself according to the UE identifier carried in the paging message. If the UE identifier carried in the paging message matches its own UE identifier, it is determined that the paging message is paging itself. Otherwise, not to page yourself.
  • step S03 and subsequent steps are performed; otherwise, the paging message is ignored.
  • Step S1303 UE2 performs corresponding operations according to the state in which it is located, and further includes: if UE2 is in an idle state, UE2 randomly accesses to eNB2, and then sends a beacon response message to UE1.
  • the UE2 randomly accesses the eNB2, and may perform a random access procedure immediately after receiving the paging message; or perform a random access procedure in the TAU process when the TAU period arrives.
  • UE2 If UE2 is in the connected state, UE2 directly sends a beacon response message to UE1.
  • Step S1304 UE2 randomly accesses to eNB2.
  • the UE2 randomly accesses the eNB2, and may use the random access procedure of the related cellular communication; or use the modified random access procedure; or the newly defined random access procedure.
  • Step S1305 UE2 sends a beacon response message to UE1.
  • the beacon response message carries the identifier of the UE2 and the information of the serving base station eNB2 of the UE2.
  • the beacon response message may be directly sent to UE1 through UE2 or forwarded through eNB2 and eNB1.
  • the UE1 (source UE) is a network element, and the beacon signal carries a paging message as an example for description.
  • Another method for obtaining a serving base station of a target UE by carrying a paging message in a beacon signal is described. As shown in FIG. 14, the steps are as follows:
  • Step S1401 UE1 sends a beacon signal, and carries a paging message in the beacon signal.
  • the manner in which the UE1 sends the beacon signal may be broadcast, unicast, or multicast.
  • the paging message carried by the UE1 in the beacon signal includes the identifier of the UE2.
  • the identifier of the UE2 may be a discovery ID, an S-TMSL IMSL IP address, or other information that may identify the UE 2.
  • Step S1402 The UE2 receives the beacon signal, and determines whether the paging message carried in the beacon signal is paging itself.
  • the UE2 determines whether it is paging itself according to the UE identifier carried in the paging message. If the UE identifier carried in the paging message matches its own UE identifier, it is determined that the paging message is paging itself. Otherwise, not to page yourself.
  • step S03 and subsequent steps are performed; otherwise, the paging message is ignored.
  • Step S1403 UE2 determines that it is in an idle state.
  • Step S1404 UE2 randomly accesses to eNB2.
  • the UE2 randomly accesses the eNB2, and may use the random access procedure of the related cellular communication; or use the modified random access procedure; or the newly defined random access procedure.
  • the UE2 randomly accesses the eNB2, and can perform a random access procedure immediately; or when the TAU period arrives, the random access procedure is performed in the TAU process.
  • the UE2 may instruct the eNB2 to perform a paging response to the UE1 in the process of random access.
  • the indication information may be a direct indication or an indirect indication.
  • step S1406 If UE2 instructs eNB2 to perform a paging response to UE1 in the process of random access, step S1406 is performed; otherwise, step S1405 is performed.
  • Step S1405 UE2 sends a paging response message to eNB2.
  • Step S1406 The eNB2 sends a paging response message to the eNB1.
  • the message is indicated in the message as a paging response message from UE2 to UE1.
  • the eNB2 sends a paging message to the eNB1, which may be to forward the paging response message from the UE2, or to perform a paging response by using a message on the associated and/or newly added X2 interface.
  • the message on the related X2 interface includes: a base station configuration update message, a base station configuration update Confirmation message, base station configuration update failure message, handover request message, handover request acknowledgement message, handover preparation failure message, X2 setup request message, X2 setup request response message, reset message, load information, link failure indication message, SN status transmission Messages, UE context release messages, and other messages on the X2 interface.
  • the message on the related X2 interface may be that the paging response is directly performed by using the related X2 message, or the IE of the relevant X2 message is multiplexed to perform a paging response, or a new IE is added to the related air interface message to search.
  • Step S1407 After receiving the paging response message, the eNB1 sends a paging response message to the UE1.
  • the paging response message sent by the eNB1 to the UE1 may be a paging response message from the eNB2, or a paging response message generated by the eNB1 itself.
  • the paging response message sent by the eNB1 to the UE1 includes the identifier of the UE2 and/or the serving base station identifier of the UE2, and/or other necessary information.
  • the identity of the UE2 includes a discovery ID, an S-TMSL IMSL IP address, or other information that can identify the UE2.
  • the paging response message generated by the eNB1 may be a multiplex-related air interface message or a newly added air interface message.
  • the related air interface message includes: a paging message, a random access response message, an RRC connection message, an RRC connection reconfiguration message, an RRC connection reestablishment message, an RRC connection release message, a downlink information transmission message, a UE capability query message, and UE information.
  • Request messages, TAU messages, and other air interface messages include:
  • the multiplexing related air interface message may be that the paging response is directly performed by using the relevant air interface message, or the IE that multiplexes the relevant air interface message performs a paging response, or adds a new IE to the related air interface message to perform the paging response. .
  • the UE1 (source UE) is a network element, and the beacon signal carries a paging message as an example for description.
  • Step S1501 UE1 sends a beacon signal, and carries a paging message in the beacon signal.
  • the manner in which the UE1 sends the beacon signal may be broadcast, unicast, or multicast.
  • the paging message carried by the UE1 in the beacon signal includes the identifier of the UE2.
  • the identifier of the UE2 may be a discovery ID, an S-TMSL IMSL IP address, or other information that may identify the UE 2.
  • Step S1502 UE2 receives the beacon signal, and determines whether the paging message carried in the beacon signal is paging itself.
  • the UE2 determines whether it is paging itself according to the UE identifier carried in the paging message. If the UE identifier carried in the paging message matches its own UE identifier, it is determined that the paging message is paging itself. Otherwise, not to page yourself.
  • step S03 and subsequent steps are performed; otherwise, the paging message is ignored.
  • Step S1503 UE2 determines that it is in the connected state.
  • Step S1504 UE2 sends a paging response message to eNB2.
  • the message is indicated in the message as a paging response message from UE2 to UE1.
  • the paging response message may be a multiplex-related air interface message or a newly added air interface message.
  • the related air interface message includes: a random access message, an RRC connection request message, an RRC connection setup complete message, an RRC connection reestablishment request message, an RRC connection reestablishment complete message, an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message, a measurement upper message, a TAU message, and Other air interface messages.
  • the multiplexing related air interface message may be that the paging response is directly performed by using the relevant air interface message, or the IE that multiplexes the relevant air interface message performs a paging response, or adds a new IE to the related air interface message to perform the paging response. .
  • Step S1505 After receiving the paging response message from the UE2, the eNB2 sends a paging response message to the eNB1.
  • the eNB2 sends a paging response message to the eNB1, which may be to forward the paging response message from the UE2, or use the related and/or newly added messages on the X2 interface to perform the paging response.
  • the message on the related X2 interface includes: a base station configuration update message, a base station configuration update Confirmation message, base station configuration update failure message, handover request message, handover request acknowledgement message, handover preparation failure message, X2 setup request message, X2 setup request response message, reset message, load information, link failure indication message, SN status transmission Messages, UE context release messages, and other messages on the X2 interface.
  • the message on the related X2 interface may be that the paging response is directly performed by using the related X2 message, or the IE of the relevant X2 message is multiplexed to perform a paging response, or a new IE is added to the related X2 message for searching. Call response.
  • Step S1506 After receiving the paging response message, the eNB1 sends a paging response message to the UE1. The eNB1 sends a paging response message to the UE1, which may be a multiplex-related air interface message or a newly added air interface message.
  • the related air interface message includes: a paging message, a random access response message, an RRC connection message, an RRC connection reconfiguration message, an RRC connection reestablishment message, an RRC connection release message, a downlink information transmission message, a UE capability query message, and UE information.
  • Request messages, TAU messages, and other air interface messages include:
  • the multiplexing related air interface message may be that the paging response is directly performed by using the relevant air interface message, or the IE that multiplexes the relevant air interface message performs a paging response, or adds a new IE to the related air interface message to perform the paging response. .
  • the embodiment of the present invention uses a base station as a network element as an example for description.
  • a method for obtaining a serving base station of a target UE by transmitting a paging message by a base station is described. As shown in FIG. 16, the steps are as follows:
  • Step S1601 The base station wants to acquire the serving base station of the target UE.
  • the scenario that the base station needs to obtain the serving UE of the target UE is as follows: the base station receives the D2D connection setup request message of the source UE, or the base station receives the D2D paging request message of the source UE, or the base station is the source The UE forwards the message to the target UE.
  • Step S1602 The base station determines whether the target UE is in its own serving cell.
  • the determining, by the base station, whether the target UE is in its own serving cell further includes:
  • the method for the base station to determine whether the target UE is in its own serving cell according to the state of the target UE includes:
  • the base station If the target UE is in an idle state, the base station sends a paging message in its own serving cell to locate the target UE;
  • the base station determines whether the target UE is served by the base station.
  • the base station acquires the state of the target UE, which may be obtained by the base station from the source UE; or the base station acquires from the MME; or the base station acquires from the D2D registration server, or the base station acquires from the network management system, or the base station acquires from other network elements.
  • the base station acquires the state of the target UE from the source UE, and may be that the source UE sends the state of the target UE to the base station by using an air interface message.
  • the air interface message may be an air interface message of an associated cellular communication or a newly added air interface message.
  • the air interface message of the related cellular communication includes: a random access message, an RRC connection request message, an RRC connection setup complete message, an RRC connection reestablishment request message, an RRC connection reestablishment complete message, an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message, a measurement report message, And other air interface messages for cellular communications.
  • the newly added air interface message includes: a D2D connection establishment request message, a D2D page request message, a D2D mode switching request message, and other newly added messages for D2D communication or cellular communication.
  • the state in which the target UE is located may be carried in a discovery signal sent by the target UE.
  • Step S1603 If the target UE is in its own serving cell, the paging is ended.
  • the base station receives the paging response of the target UE, that is, the target UE randomly accesses the base station, or the base station determines that the target UE is served by the base station, the target UE is in its own serving cell, and the base station ends the paging.
  • Step S1604 If the target UE is not in its own serving cell, the base station sends a paging message to the neighboring base station or the MME.
  • the base station does not receive the paging response of the target UE, that is, the target UE does not randomly access the base station, or the base station determines that the target UE is not served by the base station, the target UE is not in its own serving cell, and the base station gives the neighboring base station or
  • the MME sends a paging message.
  • the paging message carries the identity of the target UE, the state of the target UE, and other necessary information.
  • Step S1605 The neighboring base station or the MME determines whether the target UE is in the connected state, and performs a corresponding operation.
  • the neighboring base station or the MME determines whether the target UE is in the connected state according to the information in the paging message sent by the base station.
  • Step S1606 The neighboring base station or the MME directly returns the serving base station information of the target UE. If the target UE is in the connected state, the neighboring base station determines whether the target UE has a connection with itself to decide whether it is necessary to reply the message to the base station. If the target UE is connected to the neighboring base station, the neighboring base station directly returns the serving base station information of the target UE to the base station. Otherwise, no reply is required.
  • the MME determines whether the information of the target UE is saved, and if so, directly returns the serving base station information of the target UE to the base station. Otherwise, no reply is required.
  • Step S1607 The neighboring base station or the MME determines the paging area and sends a paging message.
  • the determining of the paging area includes: a neighboring cell of the base station, and a cell included in the discovery area.
  • the embodiment of the present invention uses a base station as a network element as an example for description. Another method for obtaining a serving base station of a target UE by transmitting a paging message through a base station is described. As shown in FIG. 17, the steps are as follows:
  • Step S1701 The base station determines whether the target UE is in its own serving cell.
  • Step S1702 The base station determines whether the target UE is in a connected state.
  • Step S1703 The base station determines whether the target UE is served by the base station.
  • the base station can directly determine whether the target UE is in its own service area according to whether the target UE has a connection with itself.
  • Step S1704 The base station sends a paging message in all of its own serving cells to page the target UE. If the target UE is in an idle state, the base station transmits a paging message in all of its own serving cells to page the target UE. If the target UE performs a paging response, that is, the target UE randomly accesses the base station, the target UE is in the serving cell of the base station. Otherwise, no. After receiving the paging message, the target UE may immediately perform a random access procedure and/or a reply paging response message; or, when the TAU period arrives, perform a random access procedure and/or a reply response message in the TAU procedure.
  • the paging response message may be a random access message, a TAU message, or other related or newly added air interface message.
  • the embodiment of the present invention uses a base station as a network element as an example for description. Another method for obtaining a serving base station of a target UE by transmitting a paging message through a base station is described. As shown in FIG. 18, the steps are as follows:
  • Step S 1801 UE1 sends a D2D connection setup request message to the eNB 1.
  • the D2D connection establishment request message includes the identifier of the target UE2.
  • the identifier of the UE2 includes a discovery ID, an S-TMSL IMSL GUTL IP address, or other information that can identify the UE2.
  • Step S1802 The eNB1 determines whether the UE2 is in its own serving cell, and performs a corresponding operation. The eNB1 determines whether the UE2 is in its own serving cell according to the method described in Embodiment 10. If UE2 is served by the cell of eNB1, the paging is stopped; otherwise, eNB1 sends a paging message to the neighboring base station through the X2 interface.
  • Step S1803 The eNB 1 sends a D2D paging request message to the eNB2.
  • the D2D paging request message includes identifiers of the source UE1 and the target UE2.
  • the identification includes a discovery ID, an S-TMSL IMSL GUTL IP address, or other information that can identify the UE.
  • the eNB2 sends a D2D Paging Request message to the eNB 1 to utilize the associated and/or newly added messages on the X2 interface.
  • the message on the related X2 interface includes: a base station configuration update message, a base station configuration update acknowledgement message, a base station configuration update failure message, a handover request message, a handover request acknowledgement message, a handover preparation failure message, an X2 setup request message, and an X2 setup request.
  • the message on the related X2 interface may be directly paged with the relevant X2 message, or IE multiplexed with the relevant X2 message, or a new IE may be added to the related X2 message for paging.
  • Step S 1804 The eNB2 acquires the state of the UE2, and performs a corresponding operation according to the state of the UE2.
  • eNB2 determines whether UE2 is served by eNB2. If UE2 is served by eNB2, step S1807 is directly performed; otherwise, no operation is performed.
  • step S1805 is performed.
  • the method for the eNB2 to acquire the state in which the UE2 is located includes: the eNB2 itself saves the state in which the UE2 is located; or the eNB1 sends the state in which the UE2 is located to the eNB2 in the D2D paging request message; or the eNB1 passes the correlation and/or new The message on the X2 interface will send the status of UE2 to eNB2.
  • the message on the X2 interface includes: a base station configuration update message, a base station configuration update acknowledgement message, a handover request message, a handover confirmation message, and other messages on the X2 interface.
  • the method for the eNB1 to acquire the state in which the UE2 is located includes: UE1 sends the state in which the UE2 is located to the eNB1 through an air interface message.
  • the air interface message may be an air interface message of an associated cellular communication or a newly added air interface message.
  • the air interface message of the related cellular communication includes: a random access message, an RRC connection request message, an RRC connection setup complete message, an RRC connection reestablishment request message, an RRC connection reestablishment complete message, an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message, a measurement report message, And other air interface messages for cellular communications.
  • the newly added air interface message includes: a D2D connection establishment request message, a D2D page request message, a D2D mode switching request message, and other newly added messages for D2D communication or cellular communication.
  • the state in which the UE2 is located may be carried in the beacon signal sent by the UE2 and sent to the UE1.
  • Step S1805 The eNB2 sends a D2D paging request message to the UE2 in its own serving cell.
  • the eNB2 sends a D2D paging request message to the UE2 in its own serving cell, and can use the related mechanism and paging message, or modify the related paging mechanism and paging message, or Newly defined paging mechanism and paging messages.
  • Step S1806 UE2 sends a D2D paging response message to eNB2.
  • UE2 If UE2 is in the serving cell of eNB2, UE2 performs a paging response, randomly accesses to eNB2, and sends a paging response message to eNB2.
  • the target UE may immediately perform a random access procedure and/or a reply paging response message; or, when the TAU period arrives, perform a random access procedure and/or a reply paging response in the TAU procedure.
  • the paging response message may be a random access message, a TAU message or other related or newly added air interface message.
  • the paging response message sent by the UE2 to the eNB2 includes the UE1 identifier, the identifier of the UE2, and/or the serving base station identifier of the UE2, and/or other necessary information.
  • the identification includes a discovery ID, an S-TMSL IMSL IP address, or other information that can identify the UE.
  • the paging response message may be a multiplex-related air interface message or a newly added air interface message.
  • the related air interface message includes: a random access message, an RRC connection request message, an RRC connection setup complete message, an RRC connection reestablishment request message, an RRC connection reestablishment complete message, an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message, a measurement upper message, a TAU message, and Other air interface messages.
  • the multiplexing related air interface message may be that the paging response is directly performed by using the relevant air interface message, or the IE that multiplexes the relevant air interface message performs a paging response, or adds a new IE to the related air interface message to perform the paging response. .
  • Step S1807 The eNB2 sends a D2D paging response message to the eNB1.
  • the eNB2 sends a paging response message to the eNB1, which may be to forward the paging response message from the UE2, or use the related and/or newly added messages on the X2 interface to perform the paging response.
  • the message on the related X2 interface includes: a base station configuration update message, a base station configuration update acknowledgement message, a base station configuration update failure message, a handover request message, a handover request acknowledgement message, a handover preparation failure message, an X2 setup request message, and an X2 setup request.
  • the message on the related X2 interface may be directly searched by the related X2 message.
  • the response is responsive, or the IE that multiplexes the relevant X2 message performs a paging response, or a new IE is added to the associated X2 message to perform a paging response.
  • the embodiment of the present invention uses a base station as a network element as an example for description. Another method for obtaining a serving base station of a target UE by transmitting a paging message through a base station is described. As shown in FIG. 19, the steps are as follows:
  • Step S1901 UE2 is in an idle state.
  • Step S1902 UE2 sends a beacon signal.
  • the sending of the beacon signal carries the identity of the UE2.
  • the identifier of the UE2 includes a discovery ID, an S-TMSL IMSL GUTL IP address, or other information that can identify the UE2.
  • the beacon signal may also carry a state in which the UE2 is located, including a connected state and an idle state.
  • the beacon signal may be sent in a unicast, broadcast, or multicast manner.
  • Step S1903 UE1 monitors the beacon signal of UE2.
  • Step S1904 UE1 sends a beacon response message to its own serving base station eNB1.
  • Steps S1905 to S1910 are the same as steps S1802 to S1807 in the fifteenth embodiment, and are not described herein again.
  • Step S 1911 The eNB 1 forwards the beacon response message to the eNB2.
  • Step S1912 The eNB2 forwards the beacon response message to the UE2.
  • the embodiment of the present invention uses a base station as a network element as an example for description. Another method for obtaining a serving base station of a target UE by transmitting a paging message through a base station is described. As shown in FIG. 20, the steps are as follows:
  • Step S2001 UE1 sends a D2D connection setup request message to the eNB 1.
  • the D2D connection establishment request message includes the identifier of the target UE2.
  • the identifier of the UE2 includes a discovery ID, an S-TMSL IMSL IP address, or other labelable Know the information of UE2.
  • Step S2002 The eNB1 determines whether the UE2 is in its own serving cell, and performs a corresponding operation.
  • the eNB1 determines whether the UE2 is in its own serving cell according to the method described in Embodiment 10. If UE2 is in its own serving cell, it stops paging; otherwise, it sends a paging message to the MME through the S1 interface.
  • Step S2003 The eNB 1 sends a D2D paging request message to the MME.
  • the D2D paging request message includes an identifier of the target UE2.
  • Step S2004 The MME determines the connection state where the UE2 is located, and performs a corresponding operation.
  • the MME determines whether the UE2 is in its own service area. If yes, the MME directly performs step S2009 to return the serving base station information of the UE2 to the base station. Otherwise no action is taken.
  • the MME determines the paging area and sends a paging message in the paging area.
  • the determining of the paging area includes: a neighboring cell of the base station, and a cell included in the discovery area.
  • Step S2005 The MME sends a D2D paging request message in the paging area.
  • the D2D paging request message includes the identifier of the UE2.
  • the identity of the UE2 includes a discovery ID, an S-TMSL IMSL IP address, or other information that can identify the UE2.
  • the D2D paging request message may be related to a paging message, or a modification to a related paging message, or a newly defined message.
  • Step S2006 The base station in the paging area sends a D2D paging request message in its own serving cell to page the UE.
  • the base station of the paging area may be to forward a D2D paging request message from the MME, or may generate a paging message paging UE2 by itself.
  • Step S2007 After receiving the D2D paging request message, UE2 replies to the D2D paging response message.
  • UE2 After receiving the D2D paging request message, UE2 randomly accesses to eNB2 and sends a paging ring. The message should be given to eNB2.
  • the target UE2 may immediately perform a random access procedure and/or a reply paging response message; or, when the TAU period arrives, perform a random access procedure and/or a reply paging response in the TAU procedure.
  • the paging response message may be a random access message, a TAU message or other related or newly added air interface message.
  • the paging response message sent by the UE2 to the eNB2 includes the identifier of the UE1, the identifier of the UE2, and/or other necessary information.
  • the identifier of the UE includes a discovery ID, an S-TMSL IMSL IP address, or other identifiers that can be identified.
  • the paging response message may be a multiplex-related air interface message or a newly added air interface message.
  • the related air interface message includes: a random access message, an RRC connection request message, an RRC connection setup complete message, an RRC connection reestablishment request message, an RRC connection reestablishment complete message, an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message, a measurement upper message, a TAU message, and Other air interface messages.
  • the multiplexing related air interface message may be that the paging response is directly performed by using the relevant air interface message, or the IE that multiplexes the relevant air interface message performs a paging response, or adds a new IE to the related air interface message to perform the paging response. .
  • Step S2008 The serving base station eNB2 of UE2 sends a D2D paging response message to the MME.
  • the D2D paging response message sent by the eNB2 includes the identifier of the UE1 and the identifier of the UE2.
  • the identifier of the UE includes a discovery ID, an S-TMSI, an IMSI, an IP address, or other identifiers that can be identified.
  • the D2D paging response message sent by the eNB2 may be a D2D paging response message sent from the UE2, or may be a paging response by using a related and/or newly added message on the S1 interface.
  • the message on the related S1 interface includes: a handover request message, a handover request acknowledgement message, a handover notification message, a path switch request message, a handover failure message, a handover cancellation message, a bearer setup response message, a bearer modification response message, and a bearer release response.
  • the message on the related S1 interface may be a paging response directly with the relevant air interface message, or an IE that multiplexes the related S1 interface message to perform a paging response, or add a new IE in the related S1 interface message. Make a page response.
  • Step S2009 The MME sends a D2D paging response message to the eNB1.
  • the D2D paging response message sent by the MME includes the identifier of the UE1, the identifier of the UE2, and the information of the serving base station eNB2 of the UE2.
  • the identifier of the UE includes a discovery ID, an S-TMSI, an IMSI, an IP address, or other identifiers that can be identified.
  • the D2D paging response message sent by the MME may be a D2D paging response message sent from the eNB2, or may be a paging response by using a related and/or newly added message on the S1 interface.
  • the message on the related S1 interface includes: a handover command message, a handover request message, a path conversion request acknowledgement message, a handover cancellation acknowledgement message, a bearer setup request message, a bearer modification request message, a bearer release command message, and an initial context setup request message. , a reset message, an S1 setup response message, a UE context tampering request message, a UE context release command, an MME configuration update message, a base station status transmission message, an MME status transmission message, an MME direct information transmission message, an MME configuration transmission message, and others Message on the S1 interface.
  • the message on the related S1 interface may be a paging response directly with the related S1 interface message, or an IE that multiplexes the related S1 interface message, or a new one is added to the related S1 interface message.
  • the IE performs a paging response.
  • the embodiment of the present invention uses a base station as a network element as an example for description. Another method for obtaining a serving base station of a target UE by transmitting a paging message through a base station is described. As shown in FIG. 21, the steps are as follows:
  • Step S2101 UE2 is in an idle state.
  • Step S2102 UE2 sends a beacon signal.
  • the sending of the beacon signal carries the identity of the UE2.
  • the identifier of the UE2 includes a discovery ID, an S-TMSL IMSL GUTL IP address, or other information that can identify the UE2.
  • the beacon signal may also carry a state in which the UE2 is located, including a connected state and an idle state.
  • the beacon signal may be sent in a unicast, broadcast, or multicast manner.
  • Step S2103 UE1 monitors the beacon signal of UE2.
  • Step S2104 UE1 sends a beacon response message to its own serving base station eNB1.
  • Steps S2105 to S2112 are the same as steps S2002 to S2007 in the seventeenth embodiment, and are not described herein again.
  • Step S2113 The eNB1 forwards the beacon response message to the eNB2.
  • the eNB 1 forwards the beacon response message to the eNB2, which may be forwarded through the X2 interface, or may be forwarded by the MME through the S1 interface.
  • Step S2114 The eNB2 forwards the beacon response message to the UE2.
  • Embodiments 17 to 19 of the present invention describe a method for a network element to directly query a serving base station of a UE from a D2D registration server, and each embodiment will be described in detail below.
  • the embodiment of the present invention uses a base station as a network element as an example for description.
  • a method for a base station to directly query a serving base station of a target UE from a D2D registration server is described. As shown in FIG. 22, the steps are as follows:
  • Step S2201 The target UE is registered on the D2D registration server.
  • the D2D registration server may be deployed on the access network, or may be deployed on the core network, and may be in the same network element as the base station, or in the same network element as the MME, or as a separate network element.
  • the UE is registered on the D2D registration server, and may be at the time when the UE is powered on, the UE When the D2D function is enabled, or when the UE moves to the new D2D registration area, a D2D registration request message is sent to the D2D registration server.
  • the D2D registration request message may include: a discovery ID of the UE, another ID of the UE (S-TMSI or IMSI or GUTI or IP address, etc.), a serving base station identifier of the UE, a cell identifier where the UE is located, and other necessary information.
  • Step S2202 The D2D registration server saves the serving base station information of the target UE.
  • the D2D registration server saves the service base station information of the target UE, and may save the target.
  • Step S2203 The base station queries the D2D registration server for the serving base station identifier of the target UE.
  • the base station queries the serving base station identifier of the target UE from the D2D registration server, and may specifically send the serving base station to query the message, or carry the serving base station query information in other messages.
  • the serving base station query message sent by the base station carries the identifier of the target UE to be queried.
  • the identity of the target UE may be a discovery ID, an S-TMSI, an IMSL GUTL IP address, or other information that may identify the target UE.
  • the serving base station query message sent by the base station may also carry the status of the target UE, and other necessary information.
  • the states in which the target UE is located include: idle and connected states.
  • the embodiment of the present invention uses a base station as a network element as an example for description.
  • a specific embodiment of the seventeenth embodiment is described, as shown in Figure 23, the steps are as follows:
  • Step S2301 The UE1 initiates a D2D connection setup request message to the UE2, and sends the message to the eNB1.
  • the UE1 initiates a D2D connection setup request message to UE2 when UE1 wants to establish D2D communication with UE2.
  • the D2D connection establishment request message carries the identifier of the UE2.
  • the identifier of the UE2 may be a discovery ID, an S-TMSI, an IMSL GUTL IP address, or other information that can identify the UE 2.
  • Step S2302 The eNB1 determines whether it has stored the serving base station information of the UE2.
  • the eNB1 checks whether it has the serving base station information of the UE2. If the service base station information of the UE2 is stored, the process proceeds to step S2306; otherwise, the process proceeds to step S2303.
  • Step S2303 The eNB1 sends a serving base station query message to the D2D registration server (DRS). If the eNB1 does not store the serving base station information of the UE2, the eNB1 sends a serving base station query message to the DRS, where the base station query message includes the identifier of the UE2.
  • DRS D2D registration server
  • the identity of the UE2 may be a discovery ID, an S-TMSL IMSL GUTL IP address, or other information that may identify the UE2.
  • the serving base station query message sent by the base station may also carry the state in which the UE2 is located, and other necessary information.
  • the states in which the target UE is located include: idle and connected states.
  • the query request message has a UE for indicating the identity of the serving base station of the query target UE, and corresponding:
  • the related information may be multiplexed to query the serving base station identifier of the UE, or an IE is added to the related message to indicate the serving base station identifier of the UE, or a new message is defined, which is used to query the serving base station identifier of the UE; or Adding an IE to the newly added message for other purposes indicates that the serving base station identifier of the UE is queried.
  • the D2D registration server is used to manage the registration process of the D2D UE, and saves the serving base station information and other information of the D2D UE, which may be an independent network element, or in the same network as the base station or the MME or the network management system or other nodes. yuan.
  • Step S2304 The DRS determines whether it saves the serving base station information of UE2.
  • the DRS sends a serving base station query response message to the base station;
  • the DRS sends a serving base station query failure message to the base station; or initiates a paging procedure to locate the target UE; or triggers the MME and/or the base station to initiate a paging procedure to page the target UE; or does not perform any operation.
  • the DRS initiated paging procedure may be an associated paging procedure, or a modification to a related paging procedure, or a newly defined paging procedure.
  • the MME and/or the base station initiates a paging procedure, and the paging target UE can use the method in the second embodiment.
  • Step S2305 The DRS replies to the eNB1 with a serving base station query response message.
  • the query response message includes an IE for indicating a serving base station identifier of the target UE, corresponding to:
  • the related message may be multiplexed to indicate the serving base station identifier of the target UE, or an IE may be added to the related message to indicate the serving base station identifier of the target UE; or a new message may be defined, specifically used to indicate the serving base station identifier of the target UE. Or add an IE to the newly added message for other purposes, indicating the serving base station identity of the target UE.
  • Step S2306 The eNB 1 forwards the D2D connection establishment request message to the eNB2.
  • the eNB1 After the eNB1 receives the serving base station information of the UE2 of the DRS reply as the eNB2, the eNB1 forwards the D2D connection establishment request message to the eNB2.
  • Step S2307 The eNB2 forwards the D2D connection establishment request message to the UE2.
  • the eNB2 Before the eNB2 forwards the D2D connection setup request message to the UE2, it is determined whether the UE2 is in the connected state. If the UE2 is in the connected state, the D2D connection establishment request message is directly forwarded to the UE2; if the UE2 is in the idle state, the eNB2 first pages the UE2, and after the UE2 randomly accesses the eNB2, the eNB2 forwards the D2D connection establishment request message to the UE2.
  • the paging procedure may be a related paging procedure, a modification of a related paging procedure, or a newly defined D2D paging procedure.
  • the eNB2 paging the target UE2, further includes:
  • the neighboring base station sends a paging message to the target UE. If the target UE is in the monthly service cell of the neighboring base station, the target UE may immediately perform a random access procedure and/or reply after receiving the paging message. Paging response message; or when the TAU period arrives, a random access procedure and/or a reply response message is performed in the TAU procedure.
  • the paging response message may be a random access message, a TAU message, or other related or newly added air interface message.
  • Step S2308 Execute the remaining operation flow.
  • the remaining operation process includes: UE2 replies to the D2D connection establishment success message to the eNB2, and the eNB2 forwards the D2D connection establishment success message to the eNB1, and the eNB1 forwards the D2D connection establishment success.
  • UE1, UE1 and UE2 perform D2D communication; or UE2 replies to the D2D connection establishment failure message to eNB2, eNB2 forwards the D2D connection establishment failure message to eNB1, eNB1 forwards the D2D connection establishment failure message to UE1; or some other possible operations.
  • the embodiment of the present invention uses a base station as a network element as an example for description.
  • a specific embodiment of the seventeenth embodiment is described. As shown in Fig. 24, the steps are as follows:
  • Steps S2401 to S2404 are the same as steps S2301 to S2304 in the embodiment 20, and are not repeated here.
  • Step S2405 The DRS returns the serving base station query failure message to the eNB1. This step is optional. If the DRS does not save the serving base station information of UE2, no operation can be performed.
  • the query failure message may multiplex the related message to indicate that the serving base station identifier of the query target UE fails, or add an IE in the related message, indicating that the serving base station identifier of the query target UE fails; or define a new message, specifically The service base station identifier used to query the target UE fails; or an IE is added to the newly added other destination message, indicating that the serving base station identifier of the query target UE fails.
  • Step S2406 The eNB1 sends a D2D connection establishment failure message to the UE1.
  • the D2D connection establishment failure message includes the identifier of the UE2, indicating that the D2D connection establishment of the UE1 and the UE2 fails.
  • the identity of the UE2 may be a discovery ID, an S-TMSL IMSL GUTL IP address, or other information that may identify the UE2.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides a system for acquiring user equipment serving base station information, which may be combined with the method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information provided by Embodiments 1 to 9 of the present invention to obtain a target UE serving base station identifier.
  • the system includes: a network element and a target UE;
  • the network element is configured to acquire, according to the indication information, a serving base station identifier of the target UE;
  • the network element is any of the following devices:
  • UE User Equipment
  • base station MME
  • DRS network management system
  • the network element when the network element is a source UE, the network element is configured to receive a discovery signal or a discovery signal response message sent by the target UE, and parse the discovery signal from the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message. Or, the information carried in the signal response message is found, and the service base station identifier of the target UE is obtained according to the information.
  • the network element is configured to acquire a serving base station identifier of the opposite UE according to the discovery area ID of the target UE;
  • the discovery area ID is carried in any of the following messages:
  • the network element is configured to acquire a serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the discovery ID of the target UE;
  • the discovery ID is carried in any of the following messages:
  • Discovery signal Discovery signal, discovery signal response message, D2D connection establishment request message, paging message.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a system for acquiring user equipment serving base station information, which can be combined with the method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information provided by Embodiments 10 to 16 of the present invention to obtain a target UE serving base station identifier.
  • the system includes: a network element and a target UE;
  • the network element is configured to obtain a serving base station identifier of the target UE by sending a paging message; the network element is any one of the following devices:
  • the network element when the network element is a base station, the network element is configured to send a paging message to the peer network element in the discovery signal, where the paging message includes an identifier of the target UE, where the pair
  • the end network element is any of the following devices:
  • Target UE base station, MME, D2D registration service base station, network management system,
  • the identifier of the target UE includes an S-TMSI, an IMSL GUTL discovery ID, and an IP address.
  • the target UE is configured to carry a paging message in the discovery signal sent by the network element, and determine whether the paging message is to page the target UE,
  • the page response message is sent to the source UE, and the paging response message carries its own serving base station identifier;
  • the paging message is ignored when it is determined that the network element is not calling the target UE.
  • the system further includes a neighboring base station
  • the network element When the network element is a base station, the network element is configured to send a paging message to a neighboring base station, and a paging target UE, on the X2 interface, where the neighboring base station includes all base stations that have an X2 interface with the base station or The base station in the same discovery area as the base station and having an X2 interface, the paging message includes an identifier of the target UE, and the identifier of the target UE includes any one or any of the following information:
  • the neighboring base station is configured to acquire, after receiving the paging message, a state in which the target UE is located, and perform a paging operation according to a state in which the target UE is located, where the target UE is configured.
  • the state at the location includes the connected state and the idle state; or,
  • the paging operation After receiving the paging message, the paging operation is directly performed.
  • the network element is further configured to obtain, by the base station, an air interface message from the UE that it serves, before sending the paging message to the neighboring base station on the X2 interface, where the air interface message includes an air interface of the cellular communication.
  • the air interface message of the cellular communication includes: a random access message, an RRC connection request message, an RRC connection setup complete message, an RRC connection reestablishment request message, an RRC connection reestablishment complete message, and an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message.
  • the target UE is configured to perform a random access procedure and/or a reply immediately after receiving the paging message sent by the neighboring base station, when the target UE is in the serving cell of the neighboring base station. Call response message; or,
  • the paging response message is a random access message or a TAU message or an air interface message.
  • the system further includes an MME;
  • the network element is configured to send a paging message to the MME on the S1 interface, and to page the target UE, where the paging message includes an identifier of the target UE, where the identifier of the target UE includes S-TMSI, IMSL GUTL discovers the ID and IP address.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a system for acquiring user equipment serving base station information, which can be combined with the method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information provided by Embodiment 17 to Embodiment 19 of the present invention to acquire a target UE serving base station.
  • logo The system includes a network element, a D2D registration server, and a target UE;
  • the network element is configured to obtain a serving base station identifier of the target UE by sending a query request message to the D2D registration server.
  • the network element is any of the following devices:
  • the D2D registration server is configured to determine whether the service base station information of the target UE is saved;
  • the D2D registration server sends a query response message to the network element;
  • the D2D registration server sends a query failure message to the network element, or does not perform an operation, or triggers a paging procedure.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides a method and system for acquiring user equipment serving base station information, where a network element acquires a serving base station identifier of a target UE according to the indication information, or the network element obtains a serving base station of the target UE by sending a paging message. Identifying, or sending, by the network element, a query request message to the D2D registration server to obtain the service base station identifier of the target UE, thereby achieving efficient and direct acquisition by the network element.
  • the serving base station identifier of the UE solves the problem that the related method for acquiring the location of the UE causes a long signaling path, a large network overhead, a heavy load, and a large delay.
  • all or part of the steps of the foregoing embodiments may also be implemented by using an integrated circuit. These steps may be separately fabricated into individual integrated circuit modules, or multiple modules or steps may be fabricated into a single integrated circuit module. achieve.
  • the invention is not limited to any particular combination of hardware and software.
  • the various devices/function modules/functional units in the above embodiments may be implemented using a general-purpose computing device, which may be centralized on a single computing device or distributed over a network of multiple computing devices.
  • Each device/function module/functional unit in the above embodiments can be stored in a computer readable storage medium when implemented in the form of a software function module and sold or used as a standalone product.
  • the above mentioned computer readable storage medium may be a read only memory, a magnetic disk or an optical disk or the like.
  • the present invention provides a method and system for acquiring user equipment serving base station information, where a network element obtains a serving base station identifier of a target UE according to the indication information, or the network element obtains a target UE by sending a paging message.
  • the serving base station identifier is obtained by the network element by sending a query request message to the D2D registration server to obtain the serving base station identifier of the target UE, which realizes that the network element directly obtains the serving base station identifier of the target UE, and solves the method for acquiring the location of the UE.
  • the problem is that the signaling path is long, the network overhead is too large, the load is heavy, and the delay is large.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

A method and system for obtaining serving base station information about a user equipment. The method comprises: according to indication information, a network element obtaining a serving base station identifier of a target user equipment (UE), the network element being any one of the following devices: a UE, a base station, a mobile management entity (MME), a D2D register server (DRS) and a network management system.

Description

获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法和系统  Method and system for acquiring user equipment service base station information
技术领域 Technical field
本发明涉及通信技术领域, 尤其涉及一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的 方法和系统。  The present invention relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a method and system for acquiring user equipment serving base station information.
背景技术 Background technique
随着无线多媒体业务的发展, 人们对高数据速率和用户体验的需求日益 增长, 从而对传统蜂窝网络的系统容量和覆盖提出了较高要求。 另一方面社 交网络、 近距离数据共享、 本地广告等应用的流行使得人们对了解附近感兴 趣的人或事物并与之通信的需求(Proximity Services, 邻近服务)逐渐增力口。 传统的以基站为中心的蜂窝网络在高数据速率以及本地业务的支持方面存在 明显的局限性, 在这种需求背景下, 代表未来通信技术发展新方向的 D2D ( Device-to-Device, 设备到设备 )技术应运而生。 D2D技术的应用可以减轻 蜂窝网络的负担、 减少用户设备的电池功耗、 提高数据速率, 并改善网络基 础设施的鲁棒性, 很好地满足上述高数据速率业务和邻近业务服务的要求。  With the development of wireless multimedia services, the demand for high data rates and user experiences is increasing, which places high demands on the system capacity and coverage of traditional cellular networks. On the other hand, the popularity of social networking, near-field data sharing, local advertising, and other applications has led to an increase in the need to communicate with and communicate with people or things that interest nearby (Proximity Services). The traditional base station-centric cellular network has obvious limitations in high data rate and local service support. In the context of this demand, D2D (Device-to-Device, device to the new direction of future communication technology development) Equipment) technology came into being. The application of D2D technology can reduce the burden of cellular networks, reduce the battery power consumption of user equipment, increase the data rate, and improve the robustness of the network infrastructure, which satisfies the requirements of the above high data rate services and neighboring service services.
D2D技术可以工作在授权频段或非授权频段,允许多个支持 D2D功能的 用户设备 (即 D2D用户设备, D2D User Equipment, D2D UE )在有网络基础 设施或无网络基础设施的情况下进行直接发现 /直接通信, D2D技术的使用场 景, 可分为有 LTE网络覆盖和无 LTE网络覆盖两大类, 至少包括以下几种场 景: 1 ) 商业 /社交使用, 包括语音和数据通信, 数据通信又可细分为信息共 享、 信息推送和信息交互几种方式; 2 ) 网络减负, 网络负载较大时, 系统将 邻近的用户设备(User Equipment, 简称 UE )间通信转为 D2D进行通信; 或 者 UE间通信不经过核心网, 直接通过基站本地路由; 3 )公共安全, 适用于 公共安全频谱下, 在无网络覆盖下使用; 4 )扩大覆盖, 如用作中继, 在网络 边缘, 信号可能较差, 离基站较近距离的 UE可被用作中继, 以帮助边缘用 户进行通信。 D2D技术包括 D2D发现和 D2D通信两部分。 D2D发现是指发 现能进行 D2D通信的邻近终端, D2D通信即终端之间进行数据传输。在 D2D 发现过程中,为了安全考虑,也可以为每个 UE分配一个发现标识(发现 ID ) , 发现 ID有效的区域称之为发现区域, 每个发现区域也有一个发现区域标识 (发现区域 ID ) 。 D2D technology can work in licensed or unlicensed frequency bands, allowing multiple D2D-enabled user equipment (D2D User Equipment, D2D UE) to directly discover without network infrastructure or network infrastructure. /Direct communication, D2D technology usage scenarios can be divided into LTE network coverage and LTE-free network coverage, including at least the following scenarios: 1) Commercial/social use, including voice and data communication, data communication and Subdivided into information sharing, information push and information interaction; 2) network offload, when the network load is large, the system converts the communication between the adjacent user equipment (User Equipment, UE for short) into D2D for communication; Communication does not go through the core network and is directly routed through the base station; 3) Public safety, applicable to the public safety spectrum, used without network coverage; 4) Extended coverage, such as relay, at the edge of the network, the signal may be poor A UE that is closer to the base station can be used as a relay to assist the edge user in communicating. D2D technology includes two parts: D2D discovery and D2D communication. D2D discovery refers to the discovery of neighboring terminals capable of D2D communication, and D2D communication, that is, data transmission between terminals. In the D2D discovery process, for the sake of security, each UE can also be assigned a discovery identifier (discovery ID). The area where the ID is valid is called the discovery area, and each discovery area also has a discovery area identifier (discovery area ID).
在有 LTE网络覆盖下, 网络侧 (包括基站, MME等 )可辅助终端进行 D2D发现和通信, 并实现对 D2D发现和通信的管理和控制。 在这种情况下, 参与 D2D发现和通信的两个 UE之间的控制信令在两个 UE对应的服务基站 之间进行交互。 例如, 在基站控制的 D2D发现过程中, 如果是发起发现 UE 发送发现信号, 第二用户设备(UE2 )监听到第一用户设备 ( UE1 )发送的发 现信号,会回复响应消息, 响应消息由 UE2的服务基站转发给 UE1的服务基 站, 最后转发给 UE1 , 实现 UE1发现 UE2; 如果是发起发现 UE监听发现信 号, UE1监听到 UE2发送的发现信号, UE1发送验证消息给自己的服务基站, 由 UE1的服务基站转发验证消息给 UE2的服务基站,验证 UE2能否被发现, 如果验证 UE2能被发现,UE2的服务基站会发送验证确认消息给 UEl的服务 基站, 再转发给 UE1 , 实现 UE1发现 UE2。 在基站控制的 D2D通信过程中, UE1发送 D2D连接建立请求消息给自己的服务基站,请求建立与 UE2的 D2D 通信连接, UE1的服务基站接收到该消息之后, 会将该消息转发给 UE2的服 务基站,最后由 UE2的服务基站将该消息转发给 UE2。如果 UE2判断可以进 行 D2D通信 , 回复的响应消息也通过 UE2的服务基站和 UE1的服务基站 , 最后转发给 UE1 , 实现 UE1和 UE2之间的 D2D通信连接的建立。  Under the coverage of LTE network, the network side (including base station, MME, etc.) can assist the terminal to perform D2D discovery and communication, and realize management and control of D2D discovery and communication. In this case, the control signaling between the two UEs participating in the D2D discovery and communication interacts between the serving base stations corresponding to the two UEs. For example, in the D2D discovery process controlled by the base station, if the discovery message is sent by the UE, the second user equipment (UE2) listens to the discovery signal sent by the first user equipment (UE1), and responds with a response message, and the response message is sent by the UE2. The serving base station forwards to the serving base station of UE1, and finally forwards it to UE1, so that UE1 discovers UE2; if it is to initiate discovery of the UE to listen for the discovery signal, UE1 monitors the discovery signal sent by UE2, and UE1 sends a verification message to its own serving base station, which is UE1. The serving base station forwards the verification message to the serving base station of the UE2 to verify whether the UE2 can be found. If the UE2 can be found to be discovered, the serving base station of the UE2 sends a verification confirmation message to the serving base station of the UE1, and then forwards it to the UE1, so that the UE1 discovers the UE2. . In the D2D communication process controlled by the base station, the UE1 sends a D2D connection setup request message to its own serving base station, requesting to establish a D2D communication connection with the UE2, and after receiving the message, the serving base station of the UE1 forwards the message to the service of the UE2. The base station is finally forwarded by the serving base station of UE2 to UE2. If UE2 determines that D2D communication can be performed, the response message of the reply also passes through the serving base station of UE2 and the serving base station of UE1, and finally forwards to UE1 to implement establishment of a D2D communication connection between UE1 and UE2.
根据参与 D2D发现和通信的两个 UE所处的服务基站位置,有两种场景。 一种是两个 UE由同一个基站服务, 如图 1所示。 在这种场景下, UE之间的 信令消息可以由一个基站转发, 但是也需要基站去判断两个 UE是否都在自 己的服务小区。 另一种是两个 UE由不同的基站服务, 如图 2所示。 在这种 场景下, UE1的服务基站在转发信令消息之前, 需要知道 UE2对应的服务基 站。 相关标准中, 只有 MME才能知道 UE位置, 即连接态 UE对应的基站服 务小区, 或者空闲态 UE对应的跟踪区域。 如果 UE处于空闲态, 需要通过 MME在 UE对应的跟踪区域范围内寻呼 UE, 才能找到 UE的位置, 获取 UE 所在的服务基站标识。 这种方法需要发送很多信令消息, 造成信令路径较长、 网络开销过大、 负载较重、 延时较大, 不能体现 D2D的优势。 发明内容 There are two scenarios depending on the location of the serving base station where the two UEs participating in the D2D discovery and communication are located. One is that two UEs are served by the same base station, as shown in Figure 1. In this scenario, the signaling messages between UEs can be forwarded by one base station, but the base station is also required to determine whether both UEs are in their own serving cell. The other is that two UEs are served by different base stations, as shown in Figure 2. In this scenario, the serving base station of UE1 needs to know the serving base station corresponding to UE2 before forwarding the signaling message. In the related standard, only the MME can know the location of the UE, that is, the base station serving cell corresponding to the connected state UE or the tracking area corresponding to the idle state UE. If the UE is in the idle state, the MME needs to page the UE within the tracking area corresponding to the UE to find the location of the UE, and obtain the serving base station identifier where the UE is located. This method requires sending a lot of signaling messages, resulting in a long signaling path, excessive network overhead, heavy load, and large delay, which cannot reflect the advantages of D2D. Summary of the invention
本发明实施例提供了一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法和系统, 解 决了相关获取 UE位置的方法造成信令路径较长、 网络开销过大、 负载较重、 延时较大的问题。  The embodiment of the invention provides a method and a system for acquiring information about a user equipment serving base station, and solves the problem that the method for acquiring the location of the UE causes a long signaling path, a large network overhead, a heavy load, and a large delay.
一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 包括:  A method for obtaining information about a base station of a user equipment service, including:
网元根据指示信息获取目标 UE的服务基站标识, 所述网元为以下任一 设备:  The network element obtains the serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the indication information, where the network element is any one of the following devices:
UE、 基站、 MME、 设备到设备 D2D注册服务器(DRS ) , 以及网络管 理系统。  UE, base station, MME, device to device D2D registration server (DRS), and network management system.
可选的, 所述网元根据指示信息获取目标 UE的服务基站标识, 包括: 所述网元根据所述目标 UE发送的发现信号或发现信号响应消息, 获取 所述目标 UE的服务基站标识。  Optionally, the acquiring, by the network element, the serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the indication information, includes: obtaining, by the network element, the serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message sent by the target UE.
可选的, 所述网元根据所述目标 UE发送的发现信号或发现信号响应消 息, 获取所述目标 UE的服务基站标识, 包括:  Optionally, the acquiring, by the network element, the serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message sent by the target UE, including:
所述网元接收所述目标 UE发送的发现信号或者发现信号响应消息, 从 所述发现信号或者发现信号响应消息中解析出发现信号或者发现信号响应消 息携带的信息, 再根据所述信息, 获取所述目标 UE的服务基站标识。  Receiving, by the network element, the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message sent by the target UE, parsing the information carried by the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message from the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message, and acquiring according to the information The serving base station identifier of the target UE.
可选的, 所述网元接收所述目标 UE发送的发现信号或者发现信号响应 消息为所述网元从所述目标 UE直接接收所述发现信号或者发现信号响应消 息, 或通过其他网元转发来间接接收所述发现信号或者发现信号响应消息。  Optionally, the network element receives the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message sent by the target UE, where the network element directly receives the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message from the target UE, or forwards through another network element. Indirectly receiving the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message.
所述其他网元包括除了所述目标 UE之外的其他 UE、基站、 MME、 DRS , 以及网络管理系统。  The other network element includes other UEs, base stations, MMEs, DRSs, and network management systems other than the target UE.
可选的, 所述发现信号或者发现信号响应消息携带的信息为指示服务基 站标识的信息, 所述指示服务基站标识的信息包括以下信息的任一或任意多 种:  Optionally, the information carried in the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message is information indicating a service base station identifier, and the information indicating the identifier of the serving base station includes any one or any of the following information:
基站标识( eNB ID )、全球唯一小区标识( ECGI )、物理小区标识( PCI ) , 以及 IP地址。 可选的, 所述发现信号或者发现信号响应消息携带的信息为所述发现信 号或者发现信号响应消息的资源, 所述发现信号或者发现信号响应消息的资 源包括发现信号所涉及使用的时域、 频域和码域。 Base station identity (eNB ID), globally unique cell identity (ECGI), physical cell identity (PCI), and IP address. Optionally, the information carried by the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message is a resource of the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message, and the resource of the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message includes a time domain involved in the discovery signal, Frequency domain and code domain.
可选的, 再根据所述信息, 获取所述目标 UE的服务基站标识, 包括: 所述网元从本地保存的信息获取所述目标 UE发送的发现信号或者发现 信号响应消息的资源与基站标识的映射关系, 或者,  Optionally, the obtaining, by the network element, the serving base station identifier of the target UE, according to the information, the acquiring, by the network element, the discovery signal sent by the target UE or the resource and base station identifier of the discovery signal response message, from the locally saved information. Mapping relationship, or,
所述网元从其他网元处获取所述目标 UE发送的发现信号或者发现信号 响应消息的资源与基站标识的映射关系;  The network element acquires, from other network elements, a mapping relationship between the discovery signal sent by the target UE or the resource of the discovery signal response message and the identifier of the base station;
所述网元根据所述目标 UE发送发现信号或者发现信号响应消息的资源 与基站标识的映射关系, 获取所述目标 UE的服务基站标识; 以及  Obtaining, by the network element, a serving base station identifier of the target UE according to a mapping relationship between a resource of the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message and the identifier of the base station;
所述其他网元包括 UE、 基站、 MME、 DRS、 网络管理系统。  The other network elements include a UE, a base station, an MME, a DRS, and a network management system.
可选的, 上述获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法还包括:  Optionally, the foregoing method for obtaining user equipment serving base station information includes:
通过相邻基站进行协商, 每个基站分配一个资源集合, 不同基站服务的 UE使用不同的资源发送发现信号或者发现信号响应消息, 每个基站服务的 UE发送发现信号或者发现信号响应消息的资源与所述基站有一一对应的关 系, 所述一一对应的关系构成 UE发送发现信号或者发现信号响应消息的资 源与基站的映射关系;  Negotiating by neighboring base stations, each base station allocates a resource set, and UEs served by different base stations use different resources to send discovery signals or discovery signal response messages, and the resources served by each base station UE transmit discovery signals or discovery signal response messages. The base station has a one-to-one correspondence, and the one-to-one correspondence constitutes a mapping relationship between a resource for transmitting a discovery signal or a discovery signal response message of the UE and the base station;
所述发现信号或者发现信号响应消息的资源由以下任一设备分配: 基站、 MME、 D2D注册服务器, 以及网络管理系统。  The resources of the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message are allocated by any of the following devices: a base station, an MME, a D2D registration server, and a network management system.
可选的, 网元根据指示信息获取目标 UE的服务基站标识, 包括: 所述网元根据所述目标 UE的发现区域标识(发现区域 ID )获取对端 UE 的服务基站标识;  Optionally, the acquiring, by the network element, the serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the indication information, includes: obtaining, by the network element, the serving base station identifier of the opposite UE according to the discovery area identifier (the discovery area ID) of the target UE;
所述发现区域 ID携带于以下任一消息中:  The discovery area ID is carried in any of the following messages:
发现信号、发现信号响应消息、 D2D连接建立请求消息, 以及寻呼消息。 可选的, 所述网元根据所述目标 UE的发现区域 ID获取对端 UE的服务 基站标识, 包括:  A discovery signal, a discovery signal response message, a D2D connection establishment request message, and a paging message. Optionally, the acquiring, by the network element, the serving base station identifier of the peer UE according to the discovery area ID of the target UE, including:
所述网元从本地保存的信息获取所述发现区域 ID 与基站标识的映射关 系, 或者, Obtaining, by the network element, the mapping between the discovery area ID and the base station identifier from locally saved information Department, or,
所述网元从其他网元处获取所述发现区域 ID与基站标识的映射关系; 所述网元根据所述发现区域 ID 与基站标识的映射关系, 获取所述目标 UE的服务基站标识, 以及  Obtaining, by the network element, the mapping relationship between the discovery area ID and the base station identifier from another network element; the network element acquiring, according to the mapping relationship between the discovery area ID and the base station identifier, the service base station identifier of the target UE, and
所述其他网元包括 UE、 基站、 MME、 DRS, 以及网络管理系统。  The other network elements include a UE, a base station, an MME, a DRS, and a network management system.
可选的, 所述网元根据所述发现区域 ID与基站标识的映射关系, 获取所 述目标 UE的服务基站标识, 包括:  Optionally, the acquiring, by the network element, the serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the mapping relationship between the discovery area ID and the base station identifier, including:
在所述发现区域 ID与基站标识的映射关系是一个发现区域 ID对应一个 基站, 或者一个发现区域 ID对应一个基站下面的一个或多个小区时, 所述网 元直接根据所述发现区域 ID, 推导出所述目标 UE的服务基站标识; 以及 在所述发现区域 ID与基站标识的映射关系是一个发现区域 ID对应多个 基站或者多个基站下面的小区时, 所述网元根据所述发现区域 ID及辅助信 息, 推导出所述目标 UE的服务基站标识, 所述辅助信息包括发现 ID。  When the mapping relationship between the discovery area ID and the base station identifier is that one discovery area ID corresponds to one base station, or one discovery area ID corresponds to one or more cells below one base station, the network element directly according to the discovery area ID, And deriving the serving base station identifier of the target UE; and when the mapping relationship between the discovery area ID and the base station identifier is that the discovery area ID corresponds to multiple base stations or cells under multiple base stations, the network element is based on the discovery The area ID and the auxiliary information are used to derive a serving base station identifier of the target UE, and the auxiliary information includes a discovery ID.
可选的, 所述发现区域 ID由基站、 MME、 D2D注册服务器、 网络管理 系统, 或者其他网元分配。  Optionally, the discovery area ID is allocated by a base station, an MME, a D2D registration server, a network management system, or other network element.
可选的, 所述发现区域 ID由基站分配为基站之间进行协商, 为所述目标 UE分配与相邻基站对应的发现区域 ID不冲突的发现区域 ID。  Optionally, the discovery area ID is allocated by the base station to negotiate between the base stations, and the target UE is allocated a discovery area ID that does not conflict with the discovery area ID corresponding to the neighboring base station.
可选的, 网元根据指示信息获取目标 UE的服务基站标识, 包括: 所述网元根据所述目标 UE的发现标识(发现 ID )获取所述目标 UE的 服务基站标识;  Optionally, the acquiring, by the network element, the serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the indication information, including: obtaining, by the network element, the serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the discovery identifier (discovery ID) of the target UE;
所述发现 ID携带于以下任一消息中:  The discovery ID is carried in any of the following messages:
发现信号、发现信号响应消息、 D2D连接建立请求消息, 以及寻呼消息。 可选的, 所述网元根据所述目标 UE的发现 ID获取所述目标 UE的服务 基站标识, 包括:  A discovery signal, a discovery signal response message, a D2D connection establishment request message, and a paging message. Optionally, the acquiring, by the network element, the serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the discovery ID of the target UE, includes:
所述网元从本地保存的信息获取所述目标 UE的发现 ID与基站标识的映 射关系, 或者,  Obtaining, by the network element, the mapping relationship between the discovery ID of the target UE and the identifier of the base station, or
所述网元从其他网元处获取所述目标 UE的发现 ID与基站标识的映射关 系; Obtaining, by the network element, the mapping between the discovery ID of the target UE and the identifier of the base station from other network elements Department
所述网元根据所述发现 ID与基站标识的映射关系, 来获取所述目标 UE 的服务基站标识; 以及  Obtaining, by the network element, a serving base station identifier of the target UE according to a mapping relationship between the discovery ID and a base station identifier;
所述其他网元包括 UE、 基站、 MME、 DRS, 以及网络管理系统。 可选的, 上述获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 还包括:  The other network elements include a UE, a base station, an MME, a DRS, and a network management system. Optionally, the foregoing method for obtaining user equipment serving base station information includes:
在为 UE分配发现 ID时, 通过基站协商为相邻基站下的 UE分配不同的 发现 ID集合, 每个发现 ID对应唯一确定基站标识; 或,  When the UE is assigned a discovery ID, the UEs in the neighboring base stations are allocated different discovery ID sets by the base station negotiation, and each discovery ID corresponds to the uniquely determined base station identifier; or
在为 UE分配发现 ID时, 由 MME为相邻基站下的 UE分配不同的发现 ID集合, 每个发现 ID对应唯一确定基站标识; 或,  When the UE is assigned a discovery ID, the MME allocates different discovery ID sets to the UEs in the neighboring base stations, and each discovery ID corresponds to the uniquely determined base station identifier; or
在为 UE分配发现 ID时,由 D2D注册服务器为相邻基站下的 UE分配不 同的发现 ID集合, 每个发现 ID对应唯一确定基站标识; 或,  When the UE is assigned a discovery ID, the D2D registration server allocates different discovery ID sets to the UEs in the neighboring base stations, and each discovery ID correspondingly determines the base station identifier; or
在为 UE分配发现 ID时, 由网络管理系统为相邻基站下的 UE分配不同 的发现 ID集合, 每个发现 ID对应唯一确定基站标识。  When the UE is assigned a discovery ID, the network management system allocates different discovery ID sets to the UEs in the neighboring base stations, and each discovery ID correspondingly determines the base station identifier.
可选的, 所述 D2D注册 Λ良务器为一个独立的网元, 或者跟基站或 MME 或网络管理系统或其他节点在同一个网元。  Optionally, the D2D registration server is an independent network element, or is in the same network element as the base station or the MME or the network management system or other nodes.
本发明实施例还提供了一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 包括: 网元通过发送寻呼消息来获取目标用户设备(UE )的服务基站标识; 以 及 The embodiment of the present invention further provides a method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information, including: the network element obtains a serving base station identifier of a target user equipment (UE) by sending a paging message; and
所述网元为以下任一设备:  The network element is any of the following devices:
UE, 基站, 移动管理实体(MME ) , 以及设备到设备 D2D注册服务器 ( DRS ) 。  UE, base station, mobility management entity (MME), and device-to-device D2D registration server (DRS).
可选的, 所述网元为源 UE, 所述网元通过发送寻呼消息来获取目标 UE 的服务基站标识, 包括:  Optionally, the network element is a source UE, and the network element obtains a serving base station identifier of the target UE by sending a paging message, including:
源 UE在发现信号中携带寻呼消息发送给对端网元, 所述寻呼消息中包 含了目标 UE的标识, 所述对端网元为以下任一设备:  The source UE carries a paging message to the peer network element in the discovery signal, where the paging message includes the identifier of the target UE, and the peer network element is any one of the following devices:
目标 UE、 基站、 MME、 D2D注册服务基站, 以及网络管理系统, 所述目标 UE的标识包括: 短格式临时移动用户标识(S-TMSI ) 、 国际 移动用户识别码( IMSI )、全球唯一临时标识( GUTI )、发现标识(发现 ID ) , 以及互联网协议 (IP ) 地址; Target UE, base station, MME, D2D registration service base station, and network management system, The identifier of the target UE includes: a Short Format Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity (S-TMSI), an International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI), a Globally Unique Temporary Identity (GUTI), a Discovery Identity (Discovery ID), and an Internet Protocol (IP). address;
所述源 UE接收对端网元发送的寻呼响应消息, 所述寻呼响应消息中携 带了目标 UE的服务基站标识; 以及  Receiving, by the source UE, a paging response message sent by the peer network element, where the paging response message carries the serving base station identifier of the target UE;
所述源 UE发送所述发现信号的发送方式是广播或单播或多播。  The manner in which the source UE sends the discovery signal is broadcast or unicast or multicast.
可选的, 所述源 UE在发现信号中携带寻呼消息发送给对端网元之后, 还包括:  Optionally, after the source UE carries the paging message to the peer network element, the source UE further includes:
所述目标 UE监听到所述源 UE发送的发现信号中携带寻呼消息 ,判断所 述寻呼消息是否是寻呼所述目标 UE;  The target UE monitors that the discovery signal sent by the source UE carries a paging message, and determines whether the paging message is paging the target UE;
在判定所述源 UE呼叫所述目标 UE时, 所述目标 UE向所述源 UE回复 寻呼响应消息, 在所述寻呼响应消息中携带自己的服务基站标识; 以及  When the source UE is determined to call the target UE, the target UE replies to the source UE with a paging response message, and carries the own serving base station identifier in the paging response message;
在判定所述源 UE并非呼叫所述目标 UE时,所述目标 UE忽略所述寻呼 消息。  The target UE ignores the paging message when it is determined that the source UE is not calling the target UE.
可选的,所述目标 UE监听到所述源 UE发送的发现信号中携带寻呼消息, 判断所述寻呼消息是否是寻呼所述目标 UE, 包括:  Optionally, the target UE that listens to the discovery signal sent by the source UE carries a paging message, and determines whether the paging message is to page the target UE, including:
所述目标 UE判断所述寻呼消息中携带的 UE标识与所述目标 UE自身的 UE标识是否匹配; 所述 UE标识包括 S-TMSI、 IMSL GUTL 发现 ID, 以及 IP地址;  The target UE determines whether the UE identifier carried in the paging message matches the UE identity of the target UE itself; the UE identifier includes an S-TMSI, an IMSL GUTL discovery ID, and an IP address;
在匹配时, 所述目标 UE判断所述寻呼消息是寻呼所述目标 UE自身; 在不匹配时, 所述目标 UE判断所述寻呼消息是不是寻呼所述目标 UE 自身。  When matching, the target UE determines that the paging message is paging the target UE itself; when there is no match, the target UE determines whether the paging message is paging the target UE itself.
可选的, 所述目标 UE向所述源 UE回复寻呼响应消息, 包括: 所述目标 UE直接向所述源 UE回复寻呼响应消息; 或,  Optionally, the target UE replies to the source UE with a paging response message, including: the target UE directly replies to the source UE with a paging response message; or
所述目标 UE通过基站和 /或 MME和 /或 D2D注册服务器和 /或网络管理 系统转发所述寻呼响应消息给所述源 UE。  The target UE forwards the paging response message to the source UE through a base station and/or a MME and/or a D2D registration server and/or a network management system.
可选的, 所述目标 UE向所述源 UE回复寻呼响应消息, 包括: 所述目标 UE判断自己所处的状态类型,所述目标 UE所处的状态类型包 括连接态和空闲态; 以及 Optionally, the target UE replies to the source UE with a paging response message, including: Determining, by the target UE, a type of state in which the target UE is located, where the target UE is in a connected state and an idle state;
所述目标 UE根据自己所处的状态类型, 执行相应的操作。  The target UE performs a corresponding operation according to the type of the state in which it is located.
可选的, 所述目标 UE根据自己所处的状态类型, 执行相应的操作, 包 括:  Optionally, the target UE performs a corresponding operation according to the type of the state in which the UE is located, including:
在所述目标 UE处于连接态时,所述目标 UE在接收到寻呼消息之后,发 送寻呼响应消息给自己的服务基站。  When the target UE is in the connected state, the target UE sends a paging response message to its serving base station after receiving the paging message.
可选的, 所述目标 UE根据自己所处的状态类型, 执行相应的操作, 包 括:  Optionally, the target UE performs a corresponding operation according to the type of the state in which the UE is located, including:
在所述目标 UE处于空闲态时,所述目标 UE在接收到寻呼消息之后, 随 机接入到自己的服务基站;  When the target UE is in an idle state, the target UE randomly accesses its own serving base station after receiving the paging message;
所述目标 UE的服务基站接收到所述目标 UE的随机接入消息之后,发送 寻呼响应消息给所述源 UE的服务基站; 以及  After receiving the random access message of the target UE, the serving base station of the target UE sends a paging response message to the serving base station of the source UE;
所述源 UE的服务基站接收到所述寻呼响应消息之后, 发送寻呼响应消 息给源 UE。  After receiving the paging response message, the serving base station of the source UE sends a paging response message to the source UE.
可选的, 所述目标 UE在接收到寻呼消息之后, 随机接入到自己的服务 基站, 包括:  Optionally, after receiving the paging message, the target UE randomly accesses the serving base station, including:
所述目标 UE在接收到寻呼消息之后, 立即进行随机接入过程和 /或回复 寻呼响应消息; 或,  After receiving the paging message, the target UE immediately performs a random access procedure and/or a reply paging response message; or
所述目标 UE在接收到寻呼消息这后, 等跟踪区更新 (TAU )周期到达 时, 在 TAU流程中进行随机接入过程和 /或回复寻呼响应消息, 所述寻呼响 应消息是随机接入消息或 TAU消息或空口消息。  After receiving the paging message, the target UE performs a random access procedure and/or a reply paging response message in a TAU procedure, such as a tracking area update (TAU) period, where the paging response message is random. Access message or TAU message or air interface message.
可选的, 所述网元为基站, 网元通过发送寻呼消息来获取目标 UE的服 务基站标识, 包括:  Optionally, the network element is a base station, and the network element obtains the service base station identifier of the target UE by sending a paging message, including:
基站在基站与基站的接口 (X2接口)上发送寻呼消息给相邻基站, 寻呼 目标 UE, 所述相邻基站包括与所述基站有 X2接口的所有基站或者与所述基 站在同一个发现区域且有 X2接口的基站,所述寻呼消息包含了目标 UE的标 识, 所述目标 UE的标识包括以下任一或任意多个信息: S-TMSL IMSL GUTL 发现 ID, 以及 IP地址; 以及 The base station sends a paging message to the neighboring base station on the interface (X2 interface) between the base station and the base station, and the paging target UE includes all the base stations having the X2 interface with the base station or the same base station as the base station. The base station and the base station having the X2 interface, the paging message includes an identifier of the target UE, and the identifier of the target UE includes any one or any of the following information: S-TMSL IMSL GUTL discovery ID, and IP address;
所述基站接收所述相邻基站返回的寻呼响应消息, 所述寻呼响应消息中 携带了目标 UE的服务基站标识。  The base station receives the paging response message returned by the neighboring base station, where the paging response message carries the serving base station identifier of the target UE.
可选的, 所述寻呼消息为 D2D寻呼消息。  Optionally, the paging message is a D2D paging message.
可选的, 所述基站在 X2接口上发送寻呼消息给相邻基站之后, 还包括: 所述相邻基站在接收到所述寻呼消息之后, 获取所述目标 UE所处的状 态,根据所述目标 UE所处的状态执行寻呼操作, 所述目标 UE所处的状态包 括连接态和空闲态; 或,  Optionally, after the base station sends the paging message to the neighboring base station on the X2 interface, the method further includes: after receiving the paging message, the neighboring base station acquires a state of the target UE, according to Performing a paging operation in a state in which the target UE is located, where the target UE is in a connected state and an idle state; or
所述相邻基站在接收到所述寻呼消息之后, 直接执行寻呼操作。  The neighboring base station directly performs a paging operation after receiving the paging message.
可选的, 获取所述目标 UE所处的状态包括:  Optionally, obtaining the status of the target UE includes:
所述相邻基站查找本地保存的所述目标 UE所处的状态; 或,  The neighboring base station searches for a state in which the target UE that is locally saved is located; or
所述相邻基站从所述寻呼消息中获取所述目标 UE所处的状态; 或, 所述相邻基站从所述基站发送的 X2接口上的消息中获取所述目标 UE的 状态, 所述 X2接口上的消息包括: 基站配置更新消息、 基站配置更新确认 消息、 切换请求消息, 以及切换确认消息。  Obtaining, by the neighboring base station, a state in which the target UE is located from the paging message; or, the neighboring base station acquires a state of the target UE from a message on an X2 interface sent by the base station, where The message on the X2 interface includes: a base station configuration update message, a base station configuration update acknowledgement message, a handover request message, and a handover confirmation message.
可选的, 基站在 X2接口上发送寻呼消息给相邻基站之前, 还包括: 所述基站获取所述目标 UE所处的状态, 为所述基站通过空口消息从所 述基站服务的 UE获取, 所述空口消息包括蜂窝通信的空口消息, 所述蜂窝 通信的空口消息包括: 随机接入消息、 无线资源控制(RRC )连接请求消息、 RRC连接建立完成消息、 RRC连接重建请求消息、 RRC连接重建完成消息, 以及 RRC连接重配完成消息。  Optionally, before the base station sends the paging message to the neighboring base station on the X2 interface, the method further includes: obtaining, by the base station, a state in which the target UE is located, and acquiring, by the base station, the UE served by the base station by using an air interface message. The air interface message includes an air interface message of the cellular communication, and the air interface message of the cellular communication includes: a random access message, a radio resource control (RRC) connection request message, an RRC connection setup complete message, an RRC connection reestablishment request message, and an RRC connection. The rebuild complete message, and the RRC connection reconfiguration complete message.
可选的,所述空口消息还包括: D2D连接建立请求消息和 D2D寻呼请求 消息。  Optionally, the air interface message further includes: a D2D connection establishment request message and a D2D page request message.
可选的, 上述获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 还包括:  Optionally, the foregoing method for obtaining user equipment serving base station information includes:
所述目标 UE在发现信号(beacon信号)中向其他网元发送所述目标 UE 所处的状态。  The target UE sends the status of the target UE to other network elements in a discovery signal (beacon signal).
可选的, 所述根据所述目标 UE所处的状态执行寻呼操作, 包括: 在所述目标 UE处于连接态时,所述相邻基站查看所述目标 UE是否在所 述相邻基站的服务小区或在所述相邻基站中是否保存了所述目标 UE的服务 基站信息, Optionally, the performing the paging operation according to the state in which the target UE is located includes: When the target UE is in the connected state, the neighboring base station checks whether the target UE saves the serving base station information of the target UE in the serving cell of the neighboring base station or in the neighboring base station,
当所述目标 UE在所述相邻基站的服务小区或在所述相邻基站中保存了 所述目标 UE的服务基站信息时, 所述相邻基站发送寻呼响应消息给所述基 站, 所述寻呼响应消息包含了所述目标 UE的服务基站标识, 或者指示了所 述目标 UE在所述基站自己的服务小区; 以及  When the target UE saves the serving base station information of the target UE in the serving cell of the neighboring base station or in the neighboring base station, the neighboring base station sends a paging response message to the base station, where The paging response message includes a serving base station identifier of the target UE, or indicates that the target UE is in the base station's own serving cell;
在所述目标 UE处于空闲态时, 所述相邻基站在自己的服务小区寻呼所 述目标 UE。  When the target UE is in an idle state, the neighboring base station pages the target UE in its own serving cell.
可选的, 所述相邻基站执行寻呼操作的步骤之后, 还包括:  Optionally, after the step of performing the paging operation by the neighboring base station, the method further includes:
当目标 UE在所述相邻基站的服务小区时,所述目标 UE在接收到所述相 邻基站发送的寻呼消息之后, 立即进行随机接入过程和 /或回复寻呼响应消 息; 或,  When the target UE is in the serving cell of the neighboring base station, the target UE immediately performs a random access procedure and/or a reply paging response message after receiving the paging message sent by the neighboring base station; or
当目标 UE在所述相邻基站的服务小区时, 所述目标 UE等 TAU周期到 达时, 在 TAU流程中进行随机接入过程和 /或回复响应消息; 以及  And performing a random access procedure and/or a reply response message in the TAU process when the target UE is in the serving cell of the neighboring base station, when the TAU period of the target UE or the like arrives;
所述寻呼响应消息为随机接入消息或 TAU消息或空口消息。  The paging response message is a random access message or a TAU message or an air interface message.
可选的, 所述网元为基站, 所述网元通过发送寻呼消息来获取目标 UE 的服务基站标识, 包括:  Optionally, the network element is a base station, and the network element obtains a serving base station identifier of the target UE by sending a paging message, including:
基站在基站与分组核心网之间的接口 (S1 接口) 上发送寻呼消息给 MME , 寻呼所述目标 UE , 所述寻呼消息包含了所述目标 UE的标识, 所述 目标 UE的标识包括 S-TMSI、 IMSL GUTL 发现 ID, 以及 IP地址。  The base station sends a paging message to the MME on the interface (S1 interface) between the base station and the packet core network to page the target UE, where the paging message includes the identifier of the target UE, and the identifier of the target UE Includes S-TMSI, IMSL GUTL Discovery ID, and IP address.
可选的, 所述寻呼消息还包括所述目标 UE所处的状态, 所述目标 UE 所处的状态包括空闲态和连接态。  Optionally, the paging message further includes a state in which the target UE is located, and the state in which the target UE is located includes an idle state and a connected state.
可选的, 基站在 S1接口上发送寻呼消息给 MME, 寻呼所述目标 UE之 后, 还包括:  Optionally, the base station sends a paging message to the MME on the S1 interface, and after paging the target UE, the method further includes:
所述 MME接收所述基站发送的寻呼消息之后, 执行寻呼操作。  After receiving the paging message sent by the base station, the MME performs a paging operation.
可选的, 所述 MME接收所述基站发送的寻呼消息之后, 执行寻呼操作, 包括: 所述 MME判断其是否保存了所述目标 UE的服务基站信息; 以及 在所述 MME保存了所述目标 UE的服务基站信息时,所述 MME直接发 送寻呼响应消息给所述基站, 所述寻呼响应消息中携带有所述目标 UE的服 务基站标识。 Optionally, after the MME receives the paging message sent by the base station, performing the paging operation includes: Determining, by the MME, that the serving base station information of the target UE is saved; and when the MME saves the serving base station information of the target UE, the MME directly sends a paging response message to the base station, where The paging response message carries the serving base station identifier of the target UE.
可选的 ,所述 MME判断所述 MME是否保存了所述目标 UE的服务基站 信息之后, 还包括:  Optionally, after the MME determines whether the MME saves the serving base station information of the target UE, the MME further includes:
在所述 MME没有保存所述目标 UE的服务基站信息时,所述 MME确定 寻呼区域, 在所述寻呼区域发送寻呼消息, 所述寻呼区域包括:  When the MME does not save the serving base station information of the target UE, the MME determines a paging area, and sends a paging message in the paging area, where the paging area includes:
源基站的相邻小区, 以及与源基站在同一个发现区域的其他基站的服务 小区。  The neighboring cells of the source base station, and the serving cells of other base stations in the same discovery area as the source base station.
可选的, 所述 MME确定寻呼区域, 在所述寻呼区域发送寻呼消息的步 骤之后, 还包括:  Optionally, the MME determines a paging area, and after the step of sending the paging message in the paging area, the method further includes:
当所述目标 UE接收到所述 MME发送的寻呼消息之后, 随机接入到所 述目标 UE的服务基站小区, 和 /或发送寻呼响应消给所述目标 UE的服务基 站; 以及  After receiving the paging message sent by the MME, the target UE randomly accesses the serving base station cell of the target UE, and/or sends a paging response to the serving base station of the target UE;
所述目标 UE的服务基站发送寻呼响应消息给所述基站。  The serving base station of the target UE sends a paging response message to the base station.
可选的, 所述 MME确定寻呼区域, 在所述寻呼区域发送寻呼消息的步 骤之后, 还包括:  Optionally, the MME determines a paging area, and after the step of sending the paging message in the paging area, the method further includes:
当所述目标 UE接收到所述寻呼消息之后,随机接入到所述目标 UE的服 务基站小区, 和 /或发送寻呼响应消息给所述目标 UE的服务基站; 以及  After receiving the paging message, the target UE randomly accesses a serving base station cell of the target UE, and/or sends a paging response message to a serving base station of the target UE;
所述目标 UE的服务基站发送寻呼响应消息给所述 MME, 所述 MME转 发所述寻呼消息给所述基站。  The serving base station of the target UE sends a paging response message to the MME, and the MME forwards the paging message to the base station.
本发明实施例还提供了一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 包括: 网元通过发送查询请求消息给设备到设备 D2D注册服务器(DRS ) , 来 获取目标用户设备 ( UE ) 的服务基站标识; 以及 The embodiment of the present invention further provides a method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information, including: the network element obtains the serving base station identifier of the target user equipment (UE) by sending a query request message to the device to the device D2D registration server (DRS). ; as well as
所述网元为以下任一设备: UE、 基站, 以及移动管理实体 ( MME ) 。 The network element is any of the following devices: UE, base station, and mobility management entity (MME).
可选的,所述查询请求中携带有所述目标 UE的标识,所述目标 UE的标 识为以下信息的任一或任意多种:  Optionally, the query request carries the identifier of the target UE, and the identifier of the target UE is any one or any of the following information:
短格式临时移动用户标识(S-TMSI ) 、 国际移动用户识别码(IMSI ) 、 全球唯一临时标识(GUTI ) , 以及发现标识(发现 ID ) 。  Short format temporary mobile subscriber identity (S-TMSI), International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI), Globally Unique Temporary Identity (GUTI), and Discovery Identity (Discovery ID).
可选的, 所述 D2D注册服务器保存了 D2D UE的服务基站信息, 是一个 独立的网元或者与基站或 MME或网络管理系统或其他节点在同一个网元。  Optionally, the D2D registration server saves the serving base station information of the D2D UE, is an independent network element, or is in the same network element as the base station or the MME or the network management system or other nodes.
可选的, 所述查询请求消息携带有指示查询所述目标 UE的服务基站标 识的信元(IE ) 。  Optionally, the query request message carries a cell (IE) indicating that the serving base station identifier of the target UE is queried.
可选的, 网元通过发送查询请求消息给 D2D 注册服务器, 来获取目标 UE的服务基站标识之后, 还包括:  Optionally, after the network element sends the query request message to the D2D registration server to obtain the serving base station identifier of the target UE, the method further includes:
所述 D2D注册服务器判断是否保存有所述目标 UE的服务基站信息; 在判断结果为保存有所述目标 UE的服务基站信息时, 所述 D2D注册服 务器发送查询响应消息给所述网元; 以及  Determining, by the D2D registration server, whether the serving base station information of the target UE is saved; when the result of the determination is that the serving base station information of the target UE is saved, the D2D registration server sends an inquiry response message to the network element;
在判断结果为没有保存所述目标 UE的服务基站信息时, 所述 D2D注册 服务器发送查询失败消息给所述网元, 或触发寻呼流程, 或不执行操作。  When the result of the determination is that the serving base station information of the target UE is not saved, the D2D registration server sends a query failure message to the network element, or triggers a paging procedure, or does not perform an operation.
可选的, 所述查询响应消息携带有指示查询所述目标 UE的服务基站标 识的 IE。  Optionally, the query response message carries an IE indicating that the serving base station identifier of the target UE is queried.
可选的, 所述查询失败消息携带有指示查询所述目标 UE的服务基站标 识失败的 IE。  Optionally, the query failure message carries an IE indicating that the serving base station identifier of the target UE is failed to be queried.
可选的, 所述 D2D注册服务器触发寻呼流程, 包括 D2D注册服务器发 送寻呼消息或寻呼指示消息给基站或 MME,触发基站或 MME寻呼目标 UE。  Optionally, the D2D registration server triggers a paging process, where the D2D registration server sends a paging message or a paging indication message to the base station or the MME, and triggers the base station or the MME to page the target UE.
本发明实施例还提供了一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的系统, 包括: 网元和目标 UE; The embodiment of the present invention further provides a system for acquiring user equipment serving base station information, including: a network element and a target UE;
所述网元, 其设置成根据指示信息获取所述目标 UE的服务基站标识; 所述网元为以下任一设备: UE、基站、移动管理实体( MME )、设备到设备 D2D注册服务器( DRS ) , 以及网络管理系统。 The network element is configured to acquire a serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the indication information; the network element is any one of the following devices: UE, base station, mobility management entity (MME), device-to-device D2D registration server (DRS), and network management system.
可选的, 所述网元是设置成接收所述目标 UE发送的发现信号或者发现 信号响应消息, 从所述发现信号或者发现信号响应消息中解析出发现信号或 者发现信号响应消息携带的信息, 再根据所述信息, 获取所述目标 UE的服 务基站标识。  Optionally, the network element is configured to receive a discovery signal or a discovery signal response message sent by the target UE, and parse the information carried by the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message from the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message, And obtaining, according to the information, a serving base station identifier of the target UE.
可选的, 所述网元, 用于根据所述目标 UE的发现区域 ID获取对端 UE 的服务基站标识;  Optionally, the network element is configured to acquire, according to the discovery area ID of the target UE, a serving base station identifier of the opposite UE.
所述发现区域 ID携带于以下任一消息中:  The discovery area ID is carried in any of the following messages:
发现信号、发现信号响应消息、 D2D连接建立请求消息, 以及寻呼消息。 可选的, 所述网元是设置成根据所述目标 UE的发现 ID获取所述目标 UE的服务基站标识;  A discovery signal, a discovery signal response message, a D2D connection establishment request message, and a paging message. Optionally, the network element is configured to acquire a serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the discovery ID of the target UE;
所述发现 ID携带于以下任一消息中:  The discovery ID is carried in any of the following messages:
发现信号、发现信号响应消息、 D2D连接建立请求消息, 以及寻呼消息。  A discovery signal, a discovery signal response message, a D2D connection establishment request message, and a paging message.
本发明实施例还提供了一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的系统, 包括: 网元和目标 UE; The embodiment of the present invention further provides a system for acquiring user equipment serving base station information, including: a network element and a target UE;
所述网元, 其设置成通过发送寻呼消息来获取所述目标 UE的服务基站 标识; 以及  The network element is configured to acquire a serving base station identifier of the target UE by sending a paging message; and
所述网元为以下任一设备:  The network element is any of the following devices:
UE、 基站、 移动管理实体(MME ) , 以及设备到设备 D2D注册服务器 ( DRS ) 。  UE, base station, mobility management entity (MME), and device-to-device D2D registration server (DRS).
可选的,所述网元是设置成在发现信号中携带寻呼消息发送给对端网元, 所述寻呼消息中包含了目标 UE的标识, 所述对端网元为以下任一设备: 目标 UE、 基站、 MME、 D2D注册服务基站, 以及网络管理系统; 所述目标 UE的标识包括: 短格式临时移动用户标识(S-TMSI ) 、 国际 移动用户识别码( IMSI )、全球唯一临时标识( GUTI )、发现标识(发现 ID ) , 以及互联网协议 (IP ) 地址; 以及 Optionally, the network element is configured to carry a paging message in the discovery signal and send the message to the peer network element, where the paging message includes the identifier of the target UE, where the peer network element is any one of the following devices. : a target UE, a base station, an MME, a D2D registration service base station, and a network management system; the identifier of the target UE includes: a short format temporary mobile subscriber identity (S-TMSI), an international mobile subscriber identity (IMSI), and a globally unique temporary Identification (GUTI), discovery identification (discovery ID), And an internet protocol (IP) address;
接收对端网元发送的寻呼响应消息,所述寻呼响应消息中携带了目标 UE 的服务基站标识。  Receiving a paging response message sent by the peer network element, where the paging response message carries the serving base station identifier of the target UE.
可选的, 所述目标 UE, 其设置成在监听到所述网元发送的发现信号中携 带寻呼消息, 判断所述寻呼消息是否是寻呼所述目标 UE,  Optionally, the target UE is configured to carry a paging message in the discovery signal sent by the network element, and determine whether the paging message is to page the target UE,
在判定所述网元呼叫所述目标 UE时, 向所述源 UE回复寻呼响应消息, 在所述寻呼响应消息中携带自己的服务基站标识; 以及  When determining that the network element calls the target UE, replying to the source UE with a paging response message, where the paging response message carries its own serving base station identifier;
在判定所述网元并非呼叫所述目标 UE时, 忽略所述寻呼消息。  The paging message is ignored when it is determined that the network element is not calling the target UE.
可选的, 所述系统还包括相邻基站;  Optionally, the system further includes a neighboring base station;
所述网元是设置成在基站与基站( X2接口)上发送寻呼消息给相邻基站, 寻呼目标 UE, 所述相邻基站包括与所述基站有 X2接口的所有基站或者与所 述基站在同一个发现区域且有 X2接口的基站, 所述寻呼消息包含了目标 UE 的标识, 所述目标 UE的标识包括以下任一或任意多个信息:  The network element is configured to send a paging message to a neighboring base station and a paging target UE on a base station and a base station (X2 interface), where the neighboring base station includes all base stations having an X2 interface with the base station or The base station is in the same discovery area and has an X2 interface, the paging message includes an identifier of the target UE, and the identifier of the target UE includes any one or any of the following information:
S-TMSL IMSL GUTL 发现 ID, 以及 IP地址; 以及  S-TMSL IMSL GUTL discovery ID, and IP address;
接收所述相邻基站返回的寻呼响应消息, 所述寻呼响应消息中携带了目 标 UE的服务基站标识。  Receiving a paging response message returned by the neighboring base station, where the paging response message carries a serving base station identifier of the target UE.
可选的, 所述相邻基站, 其设置成在接收到所述寻呼消息之后, 获取所 述目标 UE所处的状态,根据所述目标 UE所处的状态执行寻呼操作, 所述目 标 UE所处的状态包括连接态和空闲态; 或,  Optionally, the neighboring base station is configured to: after receiving the paging message, acquire a state in which the target UE is located, and perform a paging operation according to a state in which the target UE is located, where the target The state in which the UE is located includes a connected state and an idle state; or,
在接收到所述寻呼消息之后, 直接执行寻呼操作。  After receiving the paging message, the paging operation is directly performed.
可选的, , 在所述网元在 X2接口上发送寻呼消息给相邻基站之前, 所 述网元通过如下方式获取所述目标 UE所处的状态: 通过空口消息从所述网 元服务的 UE获取, 所述空口消息包括蜂窝通信的空口消息, 所述蜂窝通信 的空口消息包括: 随机接入消息、无线资源控制(RRC )连接请求消息、 RRC 连接建立完成消息、 RRC连接重建请求消息、 RRC连接重建完成消息, 以及 RRC连接重配完成消息。  Optionally, before the network element sends the paging message to the neighboring base station on the X2 interface, the network element obtains the state where the target UE is located by: performing the service from the network element by using an air interface message. The UE obtains, the air interface message includes an air interface message of the cellular communication, and the air interface message of the cellular communication includes: a random access message, a radio resource control (RRC) connection request message, an RRC connection setup complete message, and an RRC connection reestablishment request message. And an RRC connection reestablishment complete message, and an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message.
可选的,所述目标 UE还设置成当目标 UE在所述相邻基站的服务小区时, 在接收到所述相邻基站发送的寻呼消息之后, 立即进行随机接入过程和 /或回 复寻呼响应消息; 或, Optionally, the target UE is further configured to perform a random access procedure and/or back immediately after receiving the paging message sent by the neighboring base station, when the target UE is in the serving cell of the neighboring base station. Repeat paging response message; or,
当目标 UE在所述相邻基站的服务小区时, 等跟踪区更新 (TAU )周期 到达时, 在 TAU流程中进行随机接入过程和 /或回复响应消息; 以及  When the target UE is in the serving cell of the neighboring base station, when a tracking area update (TAU) period arrives, a random access procedure and/or a reply response message is performed in the TAU procedure;
所述寻呼响应消息为随机接入消息或 TAU消息或空口消息。  The paging response message is a random access message or a TAU message or an air interface message.
可选的, 所述系统还包括 MME;  Optionally, the system further includes an MME;
所述网元还设置成在基站与分组核心网之间的接口 (S1接口)上发送寻 呼消息给 MME, 寻呼所述目标 UE, 所述寻呼消息包含了所述目标 UE的标 识, 所述目标 UE的标识包括 S-TMSI、 IMSL GUTL发现 ID, 以及 IP地址。  The network element is further configured to send a paging message to the MME on the interface (S1 interface) between the base station and the packet core network, to page the target UE, where the paging message includes the identifier of the target UE, The identifier of the target UE includes an S-TMSI, an IMSL GUTL discovery ID, and an IP address.
本发明实施例还提供了一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的系统, 包括: 网元、 设备到设备 D2D注册服务器(DRS )和目标用户设备 ( UE ) ; The embodiment of the present invention further provides a system for acquiring user equipment serving base station information, including: a network element, a device to device D2D registration server (DRS), and a target user equipment (UE);
所述网元, 其设置成通过发送查询请求消息给 D2D注册服务器, 来获取 目标 UE的服务基站标识; 以及  The network element is configured to obtain a serving base station identifier of the target UE by sending a query request message to the D2D registration server;
所述网元为以下任一设备:  The network element is any of the following devices:
UE、 基站, 以及移动管理实体 ( MME ) 。  UE, base station, and mobility management entity (MME).
可选的, 所述 D2D注册服务器, 其设置成判断是否保存有所述目标 UE 的服务基站信息;  Optionally, the D2D registration server is configured to determine whether the serving base station information of the target UE is saved;
在判断结果为保存有所述目标 UE的服务基站信息时, 所述 D2D注册服 务器发送查询响应消息给所述网元; 以及  When the result of the determination is that the serving base station information of the target UE is saved, the D2D registration server sends an inquiry response message to the network element;
在判断结果为没有保存所述目标 UE的服务基站信息时, 所述 D2D注册 服务器发送查询失败消息给所述网元, 或不执行操作, 或触发寻呼流程。  When the result of the determination is that the serving base station information of the target UE is not saved, the D2D registration server sends a query failure message to the network element, or does not perform an operation, or triggers a paging procedure.
本发明实施例提供了一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法和系统, 由 网元根据指示信息获取目标 UE的服务基站标识, 或由网元通过发送寻呼消 息来获取目标 UE的服务基站标识, 或由网元通过发送查询请求消息给 D2D 注册服务器来获取目标 UE的服务基站标识, 实现了由网元直接高效获取目 标 UE的服务基站标识, 解决了相关获取 UE位置的方法造成信令路径较长、 网络开销过大、 负载较重、 延时较大的问题。 附图概述 An embodiment of the present invention provides a method and system for acquiring information about a serving base station of a user equipment, where a network element obtains a serving base station identifier of a target UE according to the indication information, or obtains a serving base station identifier of the target UE by sending a paging message by the network element. Or, the network element obtains the serving base station identifier of the target UE by sending the query request message to the D2D registration server, so that the serving base station identifier of the target UE is directly and efficiently obtained by the network element, and the signaling path is solved by the method for acquiring the location of the UE. Longer, The network overhead is too large, the load is heavy, and the delay is large. BRIEF abstract
此处所说明的附图用来提供对本发明实施例的理解, 构成本申请的一部 分, 本发明的示意性实施例及其说明用于解释本发明, 并不构成对本发明的 不当限定。 在附图中:  The drawings are intended to provide an understanding of the embodiments of the present invention, and are intended to be a part of the present invention, and the description of the present invention is not intended to limit the invention. In the drawing:
图 1为两个 UE处于同一个基站下的 D2D场景图;  FIG. 1 is a D2D scene diagram of two UEs being in the same base station;
图 2为两个 UE处于不同基站下的 D2D场景图;  2 is a D2D scenario diagram in which two UEs are in different base stations;
图 3为本发明的实施例适用的系统架构图;  3 is a system architecture diagram applicable to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 4为本发明的实施例一提供的一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法 的流程示意图;  FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring information about a serving base station of a user equipment according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention;
图 5为本发明的实施例二提供的一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法 的流程示意图;  FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to Embodiment 2 of the present invention;
图 6为本发明的实施例三提供的一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法 的流程示意图;  FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention;
图 7为本发明的实施例四提供的一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法 的流程示意图;  FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring information about a serving base station of a user equipment according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention;
图 8为本发明的实施例五提供的一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法 的流程示意图;  FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to Embodiment 5 of the present invention;
图 9为本发明的实施例六提供的一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法 的流程示意图;  FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to Embodiment 6 of the present invention;
图 10 为本发明的实施例七提供的一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的方 法的流程示意图;  FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to Embodiment 7 of the present invention;
图 11 为本发明的实施例八提供的一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的方 法的流程示意图;  FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to Embodiment 8 of the present invention;
图 12 为本发明的实施例九提供的一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的方 法的流程示意图; 图 13 为本发明的实施例十提供的一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的方 法的流程示意图; FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to Embodiment 9 of the present invention; FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to Embodiment 10 of the present invention;
图 14 为本发明的实施例十一提供的一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的 方法的流程示意图;  FIG. 14 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring information about a serving base station of a user equipment according to Embodiment 11 of the present invention;
图 15 为本发明的实施例十二提供的一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的 方法的流程示意图;  15 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring information about a base station of a user equipment service provided by Embodiment 12 of the present invention;
图 16 为本发明的实施例十三提供的一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的 方法的流程示意图;  16 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to Embodiment 13 of the present invention;
图 17 为本发明的实施例十四提供的一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的 方法的流程示意图;  FIG. 17 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to Embodiment 14 of the present invention;
图 18 为本发明的实施例十五提供的一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的 方法的流程示意图;  FIG. 18 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to Embodiment 15 of the present invention;
图 19 为本发明的实施例十六提供的一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的 方法的流程示意图;  FIG. 19 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to Embodiment 16 of the present invention;
图 20 为本发明的实施例十七提供的一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的 方法的流程示意图;  20 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to Embodiment 17 of the present invention;
图 21 为本发明的实施例十八提供的一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的 方法的流程示意图;  FIG. 21 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring information about a user equipment serving base station according to Embodiment 18 of the present invention;
图 22 为本发明的实施例十九提供的一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的 方法的流程示意图;  FIG. 22 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to Embodiment 19 of the present invention;
图 23 为本发明的实施例二十提供的一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的 方法的流程示意图;  FIG. 23 is a schematic flowchart of a method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to Embodiment 20 of the present invention;
图 24 为本发明的实施例二十一提供的一种获取用户设备服务基站信息 的方法的流程示意图。 本发明的较佳实施方式  FIG. 24 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to Embodiment 21 of the present invention. Preferred embodiment of the invention
在通信双方的两个 UE分属不同基站这种场景下, UE1的服务基站在转 发信令消息时, 需要 UE2对应的服务基站的协助。 相关标准中, 只有 MME 才能知道 UE的位置, 即连接态 UE对应的基站服务小区, 或者空闲态 UE对 应的跟踪区域。 如果 UE处于空闲态, 需要通过 MME在 UE对应的跟踪区域 范围内寻呼 UE, 才能找到 UE的位置, 获取 UE所在的服务基站标识。 这种 方法需要发送很多信令消息, 造成信令路径较长、 网络开销过大、 负载较重、 延时较大, 不能体现 D2D的优势。 In the scenario where two UEs of the two communicating parties belong to different base stations, the serving base station of UE1 is rotating. When signaling a message, the assistance of the serving base station corresponding to UE2 is required. In the related standard, only the MME can know the location of the UE, that is, the base station serving cell corresponding to the connected state UE or the tracking area corresponding to the idle state UE. If the UE is in the idle state, the MME needs to page the UE within the tracking area corresponding to the UE to find the location of the UE, and obtain the serving base station identifier where the UE is located. This method requires sending a lot of signaling messages, resulting in a long signaling path, excessive network overhead, heavy load, and large delay, which cannot reflect the advantages of D2D.
为了使得 D2D发现和通信更加简单快速, 需要提供更加高效的获取 UE 服务基站信息的方法。  In order to make D2D discovery and communication easier and faster, it is necessary to provide a more efficient method of acquiring UE service base station information.
本发明的实施例提供了一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法和系统, 下文中将结合附图对本发明的实施例进行详细说明。 需要说明的是, 在不冲 突的情况下, 本申请中的实施例及实施例中的特征可以相互任意组合。  Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and system for acquiring user equipment serving base station information, and embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings. It should be noted that, in the case of non-conflict, the features in the embodiments and the embodiments in the present application may be arbitrarily combined with each other.
本发明的实施例提供的技术方案可适用于蜂窝通信与 D2D通信组成的 混合通信系统, 如图 3所示, 该通信系统包括基站、 用户设备(UE ) 、 移动 管理实体( MME )。用户设备可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会议启动协议( S IP ) 电话、 无线本地环路站(WLL ) 、 个人数字助理(PDA ) 、 具有无线连接功 能的手持式设备、 计算设备、 或连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备。 基 站可用于与无线终端进行通信, 也可被称为接入点、 节点 B或其他术语。 基 站与无线终端之间可以进行蜂窝通信, 蜂窝通信可以包括 GSM、 CDMA, WCDMA、 TD-SCDMA, UMTS, LTE 以及其他使用蜂窝网络技术的通信。 用户设备具有设备到设备 ( D2D )发现和 /或通信的功能, 开启了 D2D发现和 /或通信功能的用户设备之间就可以进行 D2D发现和 /或通信。 用户设备可以 通过发送发现信号 (beacon信号) , 或者接收其他相邻用户设备的发现信号 ( beacon信号), 来发现其他相邻用户设备, 或者被其他相邻用户设备发现。 在实际部署时, 用户设备的数量可以有多个, 进行 D2D通信的两个用户设备 可以由同一个基站服务, 也可以由不同的基站服务。  The technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention is applicable to a hybrid communication system composed of cellular communication and D2D communication. As shown in FIG. 3, the communication system includes a base station, a user equipment (UE), and a mobility management entity (MME). The user equipment can be a cellular telephone, a cordless telephone, a conference initiation protocol (SIP) telephone, a wireless local loop station (WLL), a personal digital assistant (PDA), a handheld device with wireless connectivity, a computing device, or a connection to Other processing devices for wireless modems. The base station can be used to communicate with wireless terminals, and can also be referred to as an access point, Node B, or other terminology. Cellular communication can be performed between the base station and the wireless terminal, and the cellular communication can include GSM, CDMA, WCDMA, TD-SCDMA, UMTS, LTE, and other communications using cellular network technology. The user equipment has device-to-device (D2D) discovery and/or communication functions, and D2D discovery and/or communication can be performed between user equipments that have D2D discovery and/or communication functions enabled. The user equipment can discover other neighboring user equipments by sending discovery signals (beacon signals) or receiving discovery signals (beacon signals) of other neighboring user equipments, or can be discovered by other neighboring user equipments. In actual deployment, there may be multiple user equipments, and two user equipments performing D2D communication may be served by the same base station or by different base stations.
可选地, 在该系统中, 还可以部署 D2D注册服务器, 用来专门管理 D2D 通信的用户设备。 D2D注册服务器可以部署在接入网, 例如, 跟基站合设在 同一个网元上, 或者作为一个单独的接入网网元; D2D注册服务器也可以部 署在核心网, 例如, 跟 MME合设在同一个网元上, 或者作为一个单独的核 心网网元。 D2D注册服务器可以用来管理 D2D发现和通信 , 可以保存 UE的 相关信息。 Optionally, in the system, a D2D registration server may also be deployed to specifically manage the user equipment of the D2D communication. The D2D registration server can be deployed on the access network, for example, on the same network element as the base station, or as a separate access network element; the D2D registration server can also be deployed on the core network, for example, with the MME. On the same network element, or as a separate core Heart network element. The D2D registration server can be used to manage D2D discovery and communication, and can store information about the UE.
在本发明的实施例中 , UE1指源 UE, UE2指目标 UE, eNBl为 UE1的 服务基站, eNB2为 UE2的服务基站, MME为移动管理实体, DRS为 D2D 注册服务器。 In the embodiment of the present invention, UE1 refers to the source UE, UE2 refers to the target UE, eNB1 is the serving base station of UE1, eNB2 is the serving base station of UE2, MME is the mobility management entity, and DRS is the D2D registration server.
本发明的实施例一至实施例五主要描述了网元根据指示信息获取目标 UE的 Λ良务基站标识的方案, 下面对实施例一至实施例五分别进行详细说明。 The first embodiment to the fifth embodiment of the present invention mainly describe a scheme for the network element to obtain the identifier of the target base station of the target UE according to the indication information. The first embodiment to the fifth embodiment are respectively described in detail below.
实施例一  Embodiment 1
本发明实施例以 UE1 (源 UE )为网元, beacon信号携带指示信息为例 进行说明。描述了发起发现 UE监听 beacon信号场景下 beacon信号中携带指 示信息的方法流程, 如图 4所示, 步骤如下:  In the embodiment of the present invention, the UE1 (source UE) is used as the network element, and the beacon signal carries the indication information as an example for description. The method for initiating the discovery of the beacon signal in the beacon signal scenario of the UE is described. As shown in FIG. 4, the steps are as follows:
步骤 S401: UE2发送 beacon信号。  Step S401: UE2 sends a beacon signal.
所述 beacon信号的发送方式可以是广播、 单播、 或者多播。 所述 beacon 信号的发送可以是周期性发送, 也可以在某个特定的发现时隙内发送, 或者 在目标 UE需要发现其他 UE或者被其他 UE发现的时候发送。  The beacon signal can be sent in the form of broadcast, unicast, or multicast. The beacon signal may be sent periodically, or may be sent in a specific discovery time slot, or may be sent when the target UE needs to discover other UEs or be discovered by other UEs.
步骤 S402: UE1监听到 UE2发送的 beacon信号, 获取 beacon信号中的 指示信息。  Step S402: The UE1 listens to the beacon signal sent by the UE2, and obtains the indication information in the beacon signal.
所述 UE1获取 beacon信号中的指示信息,可以是直接的指示信息,例如 指示服务基站的信息、 发现区域标识(发现区域 ID ) 、 发现标识(发现 ID ) 等。 所述基站相关的指示信息可以是基站标识(eNB ID ) 、 全球小区唯一标 识(ECGI ) 、 物理小区标识(PCI ) 、 IP地址, 以及其他能够直接或者间接 标识基站的信息; 也可以是间接的指示信息, 例如, 发送 beacon信号的资源 等。  The UE1 obtains the indication information in the beacon signal, and may be direct indication information, such as information indicating the serving base station, a discovery area identifier (discovery area ID), a discovery identifier (discovery ID), and the like. The indication information related to the base station may be a base station identifier (eNB ID), a global cell unique identifier (ECGI), a physical cell identifier (PCI), an IP address, and other information that can directly or indirectly identify the base station; or may be indirect Indicates information, such as resources for sending beacon signals, and so on.
实施例二 本发明实施例以 UE1 (源 UE )为网元, beacon响应信息携带指示信息 为例进行说明。描述了发起发现 UE发送 beacon信号场景下 beacon响应消息 中携带指示信息的方法流程, 如图 5所示, 步骤如下: Embodiment 2 In the embodiment of the present invention, the UE1 (source UE) is used as the network element, and the beacon response information carries the indication information as an example for description. A method for initiating discovery of a beacon response message in a scenario in which a UE sends a beacon signal is described. As shown in FIG. 5, the steps are as follows:
步骤 S501 : UE1发送 beacon信号。  Step S501: UE1 sends a beacon signal.
所述 beacon信号的发送方式可以是广播、 单播、 或者多播。 所述 beacon 信号的发送可以是周期性发送, 也可以在某个特定的发现时隙内发送, 或者 在目标 UE需要发现其他 UE或者被其他 UE发现的时候发送。  The beacon signal can be sent in the form of broadcast, unicast, or multicast. The beacon signal may be sent periodically, or may be sent in a specific discovery time slot, or may be sent when the target UE needs to discover other UEs or be discovered by other UEs.
步骤 S502: UE2监听到 UE1发送的 beacon信号。  Step S502: UE2 monitors the beacon signal sent by UE1.
步骤 S503: UE2给 UE1发送 beacon响应消息。  Step S503: UE2 sends a beacon response message to UE1.
所述 UE2发送的 beacon响应消息中可以携带所述 UE2的服务基站信息, 包括 eNB ID、 ECGI、 PCI或者其他可以标识基站的信息;也可以携带发现 ID、 发现区域 ID等信息; 或者携带其他有效的信息等。  The beacon response message sent by the UE2 may carry the information about the serving base station of the UE2, including the eNB ID, ECGI, PCI, or other information that can identify the base station; or may carry the information such as the discovery ID and the discovery area ID; or carry other valid Information, etc.
步骤 S504: UE1接收到 UE2的 beacon响应消息, 获取 beacon响应消息 中的指示信息。  Step S504: The UE1 receives the beacon response message of the UE2, and obtains the indication information in the beacon response message.
所述 UE1获取 beacon响应消息中的指示信息, 可以是直接的指示信息, 例如, 指示服务基站的信息、 发现区域标识(发现区域 ID ) 、 发现标识(发 现 ID )等。 所述与基站相关的指示信息可以是基站标识(eNB ID ) 、 全球小 区唯一标识(ECGI ) 、 物理小区标识(PCI ) 、 IP地址, 以及其他能够直接 或者间接标识基站的信息;所述 UE1获取 beacon响应消息中的指示信息也可 以是间接的指示信息, 例如发送 beacon相应消息的资源等。  The UE1 obtains the indication information in the beacon response message, and may be direct indication information, for example, information indicating the serving base station, a discovery area identifier (discovery area ID), a discovery identifier (discovery ID), and the like. The indication information related to the base station may be a base station identifier (eNB ID), a global cell unique identifier (ECGI), a physical cell identifier (PCI), an IP address, and other information that can directly or indirectly identify the base station; the UE1 acquires The indication information in the beacon response message may also be an indirect indication information, such as a resource for sending a beacon corresponding message.
实施例三 Embodiment 3
本发明实施例以 UE1 (源 UE )为网元, beacon响应消息携带指示信息 为例进行说明。 描述了发起发现 UE发送 beacon信号场景下 beacon信号和 beacon响应消息中都携带指示信息的方法流程, 如图 6所示, 步骤如下: 步骤 S601 : UE1发送 beacon信号。  In the embodiment of the present invention, the UE1 (source UE) is used as the network element, and the beacon response message carries the indication information as an example. A method for initiating discovery of a beacon signal and a beacon response message in a beacon signal scenario is described. As shown in FIG. 6, the steps are as follows: Step S601: UE1 sends a beacon signal.
所述 beacon信号的发送方式可以是广播、 单播、 或者多播。 所述 beacon 信号的发送可以是周期性发送, 也可以在某个特定的发现时隙内发送, 或者 在目标 UE需要发现其他 UE或者被其他 UE发现的时候发送。 The beacon signal can be sent in the form of broadcast, unicast, or multicast. The beacon signal may be sent periodically or in a specific discovery time slot, or Sent when the target UE needs to discover other UEs or is discovered by other UEs.
步骤 S602: UE2监听到 UE1发送的 beacon信号, 获取 UE1的服务基站 信息。  Step S602: The UE2 listens to the beacon signal sent by the UE1, and acquires the serving base station information of the UE1.
所述 UE2可以获取 UE1发送的 beacon信号中携带的信息, 根据 beacon 信号中携带的信息获取 UEl的服务基站信息,可以根据 beacon信号中的指示 信息, 例如, 基站标识(eNB ID ) 、 全球小区唯一标识(ECGI ) 、 物理小区 标识(PCI ) 、 IP地址, 以及其他能够直接或者间接标识基站的信息直接得到 UE1的服务基站标识; 或者根据 beacon信号中携带的其他指示信息、 例如发 现区域标识(发现区域 ID ) 、 发现标识(发现 ID )等, 推导出 UE1的服务 基站标识; 或者根据 UE1发送 beacon信号的资源, 获取 UE1的服务基站标 识。  The UE2 can obtain the information carried in the beacon signal sent by the UE1, and obtain the information of the serving base station of the UE1 according to the information carried in the beacon signal, and can be based on the indication information in the beacon signal, for example, the base station identifier (eNB ID), the global cell unique The identification (ECGI), the physical cell identifier (PCI), the IP address, and other information that can directly or indirectly identify the base station directly obtain the service base station identifier of the UE1; or according to other indication information carried in the beacon signal, for example, the discovery area identifier (discovery) The area ID), the discovery identifier (discovery ID), etc., derive the serving base station identifier of the UE1; or obtain the serving base station identifier of the UE1 according to the resource that the UE1 sends the beacon signal.
步骤 S603: UE2发送 beacon响应消息给 eNB2。  Step S603: UE2 sends a beacon response message to eNB2.
所述 UE2在发送给 eNB2的响应消息中可以携带 UEl的服务基站标识, 也可以只携带 UE2获取的 beacon信号中携带的信息, eNB2接收所述信息之 后, 根据所述信息推导出 UE1的服务基站标识。  The UE2 may carry the service base station identifier of the UE1 in the response message sent to the eNB2, and may only carry the information carried in the beacon signal acquired by the UE2. After receiving the information, the eNB2 derives the serving base station of the UE1 according to the information. Logo.
步骤 S604: eNB2转发 beacon响应消息给 UE1的服务基站 eNBl。  Step S604: The eNB2 forwards the beacon response message to the serving base station eNB1 of the UE1.
eNB2可以从 UE2处直接获取 eNBl的信息, 也可以根据 UE2上报的信 息中推导出 eNBl的信息。  The eNB2 may directly obtain the information of the eNB1 from the UE2, and may also derive the information of the eNB1 according to the information reported by the UE2.
步骤 S605: eNBl接收到 eNB2转发的 beacon响应消息 ,保存 UE2与 eNB2 的映射关系。  Step S605: The eNB1 receives the beacon response message forwarded by the eNB2, and saves the mapping relationship between the UE2 and the eNB2.
所述 eNBl保存 UE2与 eNB2的映射关系, 是指 eNBl保存 UE2的服务 基站为 eNB2,可以作为 UE2的上下文保存,也可以作为 UE1的上下文保存, 或者作为其他信息保存。 步骤 S606: eNB 1转发 beacon响应消息给 UE1。  The eNB1 saves the mapping relationship between the UE2 and the eNB2, and means that the eNB1 stores the serving base station of the UE2 as the eNB2, and may be saved as the context of the UE2, or may be saved as the context of the UE1, or may be saved as other information. Step S606: The eNB 1 forwards the beacon response message to the UE1.
所述 eNBl转发给 UE1的 beacon响应消息, 可以携带 eNB2的信息, 也 可以不携带。  The beacon response message forwarded by the eNB1 to the UE1 may carry the information of the eNB2, or may not be carried.
步骤 S607: UE1接收 eNBl转发的 beacon响应消息, 获取 beacon响应 消息中的指示信息。 如果 eNBl转发的 beacon响应消息中携带了 eNB2的信息, 则 UE1要获 取该信息; 否则, 不需要。 Step S607: The UE1 receives the beacon response message forwarded by the eNB1, and obtains the indication information in the beacon response message. If the beacon response message forwarded by the eNB1 carries the information of the eNB2, the UE1 needs to obtain the information; otherwise, it is not required.
实例四 Example four
本发明实施例以 UE1 (源 UE )为网元, beacon信号或者 beacon响应消 息携带指示信息为例进行说明。描述了根据 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息 中携带指示信息来获取目标 UE的服务基站标识的方法, 如图 7所示, 步骤 下:  In the embodiment of the present invention, the UE1 (source UE) is used as the network element, and the beacon signal or the beacon response message carrying indication information is taken as an example for description. A method for obtaining a serving base station identifier of a target UE according to a beacon signal or a beacon response message is provided, as shown in FIG.
步骤 S701: UE1接收 UE2发送的 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息。 所述 UE2发送的 beacon信号, 是用于发现其他 UE或者被其他 UE发现 的发现信号。 所述 beacon信号的发送方式可以是广播、 单播、 或者多播。 所 述 beacon信号的发送可以是周期性发送, 也可以在某个特定的发现时隙内发 送, 或者在 UE2需要发现其他 UE或者被其他 UE发现的时候发送。  Step S701: The UE1 receives the beacon signal or the beacon response message sent by the UE2. The beacon signal sent by the UE2 is used to discover other UEs or discovery signals found by other UEs. The beacon signal can be sent in the form of broadcast, unicast, or multicast. The beacon signal may be sent periodically, or may be sent in a specific discovery time slot, or may be sent when UE2 needs to discover other UEs or be discovered by other UEs.
所述 UE2发送的 beacon响应消息, 是 UE2接收到 UE1发送的 beacon 信号之后, 进行的回复确认消息。  The beacon response message sent by the UE2 is a reply confirmation message sent by the UE2 after receiving the beacon signal sent by the UE1.
步骤 S702: UE1获取 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息中携带的指示信 息。  Step S702: The UE1 acquires the indication information carried in the beacon signal or the beacon response message.
所述 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息中携带的指示信息包括基站标识 ( eNB ID )、 全球小区唯一标识(ECGI ) 、 物理小区标识(PCI ) 、 IP地址, 以及其他能够直接或者间接标识基站的信息。  The indication information carried in the beacon signal or the beacon response message includes a base station identifier (eNB ID), a global cell unique identifier (ECGI), a physical cell identifier (PCI), an IP address, and other information capable of directly or indirectly identifying the base station.
步骤 S703: UE1根据 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息中携带的指示信 息, 获取 UE2的服务基站标识。  Step S703: The UE1 obtains the serving base station identifier of the UE2 according to the beacon signal or the indication information carried in the beacon response message.
UE1根据 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息中携带的指示信息,获取 UE2 的服务基站标识,还包括: UE1根据 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息中携带 的指示信息, 直接获取 UE2的服务基站标识, 或者 UE1根据 beacon信号或 者 beacon响应消息中携带的指示信息, 间接获取 UE2的服务基站标识。  The UE1 obtains the serving base station identifier of the UE2 according to the beacon signal or the indication information carried in the beacon response message, and further includes: the UE1 directly obtains the serving base station identifier of the UE2 according to the beacon signal or the indication information carried in the beacon response message, or the UE1 according to the beacon The signal or the indication information carried in the beacon response message indirectly acquires the serving base station identifier of the UE2.
所述 UE1根据 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息中携带的指示信息, 直 接获取 UE2的服务基站标识, 还包括: UE1可以直接根据 eNB ID、 ECGL PCL IP地址知道 UE2的服务基站 标识。 The UE1 directly obtains the serving base station identifier of the UE2 according to the beacon signal or the indication information carried in the beacon response message, and further includes: UE1 can directly know the serving base station identity of UE2 according to the eNB ID and the ECGL PCL IP address.
步骤 S704: UE1将 UE2的服务基站信息上报给 UE1的服务基站。  Step S704: The UE1 reports the serving base station information of the UE2 to the serving base station of the UE1.
UE1可以通过空口上的消息把 UE2的服务基站上报给 UE1的服务基站。 所述空口上的消息可以是相关的蜂窝通信的空口消息,或者新增的空口消息。  UE1 can report the serving base station of UE2 to the serving base station of UE1 through the message on the air interface. The message on the air interface may be an air interface message of the related cellular communication or a newly added air interface message.
所述相关的蜂窝通信的空口消息包括: 随机接入消息、 RRC连接请求消 息、 RRC连接建立完成消息、 RRC连接重建请求消息、 RRC连接重建完成 消息、 RRC连接重配完成消息、 测量上报消息、 以及其他用于蜂窝通信的空 口消息。  The air interface message of the related cellular communication includes: a random access message, an RRC connection request message, an RRC connection setup complete message, an RRC connection reestablishment request message, an RRC connection reestablishment complete message, an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message, a measurement report message, And other air interface messages for cellular communications.
所述新增的空口消息包括: D2D连接建立请求消息、 D2D寻呼请求消息、 The newly added air interface message includes: a D2D connection establishment request message, a D2D page request message,
D2D模式切换请求消息、 以及其他新增的用于 D2D通信或者蜂窝通信的消 息。 D2D mode switch request message, and other new messages for D2D communication or cellular communication.
步骤 S705: UE1的服务基站保存 UE2的服务基站信息以及 UE2与 UE2 的服务基站的映射关系。  Step S705: The serving base station of UE1 saves the serving base station information of UE2 and the mapping relationship between UE2 and the serving base station of UE2.
所述 UE1的服务基站保存 UE2的服务基站信息以及 UE2与 UE2的服务 基站的映射关系可以作为 UE1的上下文保存、也可以作为 UE2的上下文保存、 也可以作为单独的信息保存、 或者作为其他信息保存。  The serving base station of the UE1 stores the serving base station information of the UE2 and the mapping relationship between the UE2 and the serving base station of the UE2 may be saved as the context of the UE1, may also be saved as the context of the UE2, may be saved as separate information, or may be saved as other information. .
实施例五 Embodiment 5
本发明实施例以 UE1 (源 UE )为网元, beacon信号或者 beacon响应消 息携带指示信息为例进行说明。 描述了另一种根据 beacon信号或者 beacon 响应消息中携带指示信息来获取目标 UE的服务基站标识的方法, 如图 8所 示, 步骤如下:  In the embodiment of the present invention, the UE1 (source UE) is used as the network element, and the beacon signal or the beacon response message carrying indication information is taken as an example for description. Another method for obtaining the serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the beacon signal or the beacon response message is described. As shown in FIG. 8, the steps are as follows:
步骤 S801、 步骤 S802、 步骤 S805与本发明实施例一中的步骤 S401、 步 骤 S402、 步骤 S405相同, 在此不再赘述。  Step S801, step S802, and step S805 are the same as step S401, step S402, and step S405 in the first embodiment of the present invention, and details are not described herein again.
步骤 S803: UE1将 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息中携带的指示信息 上报给 UE1的服务基站。  Step S803: The UE1 reports the indication information carried in the beacon signal or the beacon response message to the serving base station of the UE1.
UE1可以通过空口上的消息把 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息中携带 的指示信息上报给 UEl的服务基站。 所述空口上的消息可以是相关的蜂窝通 信的空口消息, 或者新增的空口消息。 UE1 can carry the beacon signal or the beacon response message through the message on the air interface. The indication information is reported to the serving base station of UE1. The message on the air interface may be an air interface message of the related cellular communication, or a newly added air interface message.
所述相关的蜂窝通信的空口消息包括: 随机接入消息、 RRC连接请求消 息、 RRC连接建立完成消息、 RRC连接重建请求消息、 RRC连接重建完成 消息、 RRC连接重配完成消息、 测量上报消息、 以及其他用于蜂窝通信的空 口消息。  The air interface message of the related cellular communication includes: a random access message, an RRC connection request message, an RRC connection setup complete message, an RRC connection reestablishment request message, an RRC connection reestablishment complete message, an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message, a measurement report message, And other air interface messages for cellular communications.
所述新增的空口消息包括: D2D连接建立请求消息、 D2D寻呼请求消息、 D2D模式切换请求消息、 以及其他新增的用于 D2D通信或者蜂窝通信的消 息。  The newly added air interface message includes: a D2D connection establishment request message, a D2D page request message, a D2D mode switching request message, and other newly added messages for D2D communication or cellular communication.
步骤 S804: UE1的服务基站根据 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息中携 带的指示信息, 获取 UE2的服务基站标识。  Step S804: The serving base station of the UE1 obtains the serving base station identifier of the UE2 according to the beacon signal or the indication information carried in the beacon response message.
UE1的服务基站根据 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息中携带的指示信 息, 获取 UE2的服务基站标识,还包括: UE1的服务基站根据 beacon信号或 者 beacon响应消息中携带的指示信息,直接获取 UE2的服务基站标识,或者 UE1的服务基站根据 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息中携带的指示信息,间 接获取 UE2的服务基站标识。  The serving base station of the UE1 obtains the serving base station identifier of the UE2 according to the beacon signal or the indication information carried in the beacon response message, and further includes: the serving base station of the UE1 directly acquires the serving base station of the UE2 according to the beacon signal or the indication information carried in the beacon response message. The identifier, or the serving base station of the UE1, indirectly obtains the serving base station identifier of the UE2 according to the beacon signal or the indication information carried in the beacon response message.
所述 UE1的服务基站根据 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息中携带的指 示信息, 直接获取 UE2的服务基站标识, 还包括:  The serving base station of the UE1 directly obtains the serving base station identifier of the UE2 according to the beacon signal or the indication information carried in the beacon response message, and further includes:
UE1的服务基站可以直接根据 eNB ID、 ECGL PCL IP地址知道 UE2 的服务基站标识。  The serving base station of UE1 can directly know the serving base station identity of UE2 according to the eNB ID and the ECGL PCL IP address.
实施例六 Embodiment 6
本发明实施例以 UE1 (源 UE )为网元, beacon信号携带指示信息为例 进行说明。描述了根据目标 UE发送 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息的资源 来获取目标 UE的服务基站标识的方法, 如图 9所示, 步骤如下:  In the embodiment of the present invention, the UE1 (source UE) is used as the network element, and the beacon signal carries the indication information as an example for description. A method for obtaining a serving base station identifier of a target UE according to a resource that a target UE sends a beacon signal or a beacon response message is described. As shown in FIG. 9, the steps are as follows:
步骤 S901、 步骤 S903、 步骤 S904与本发明的实施例一中的步骤 S401、 步骤 S404、 步骤 S405相同, 在此不再赘述。  Step S901, step S903, and step S904 are the same as steps S401, S404, and S405 in the first embodiment of the present invention, and details are not described herein again.
步骤 S902: UE1根据 UE2发送 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息的资源, 获取 UE2的服务基站标识。 Step S902: UE1 sends a beacon signal or a resource of a beacon response message according to UE2. Obtain the serving base station identifier of UE2.
所述 beacon信号的资源或者 beacon响应消息包括发现信号所涉及使用的 时域、 频域和码域等。  The resource or beacon response message of the beacon signal includes a time domain, a frequency domain, a code domain, and the like involved in the discovery signal.
所述 UE1根据 UE2发送 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息的资源, 获取 UE2的服务基站标识, 还包括:  The UE1 acquires the serving base station identifier of the UE2 according to the resource that the UE2 sends the beacon signal or the beacon response message, and further includes:
所述 UE1根据 UE2发送 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息的资源与基站 的映射关系, 获取 UE2的服务基站标识。  The UE1 obtains the serving base station identifier of the UE2 according to the mapping relationship between the resource of the beacon signal or the beacon response message sent by the UE2 and the base station.
所述 UE发送 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息的资源与基站的映射关 系, 可以通过相邻基站进行协商, 每个基站分配一个资源集合, 不同基站服 务的 UE使用不同的资源发送 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息,每个基站服 务的 UE发送 beacon信号或者 b eacon响应消息的资源与该基站有 对应的 关系; 或者是其他可以由 UE发送 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息的资源确 定基站标识的任何映射关系。  The mapping between the resource of the beacon signal or the beacon response message and the base station may be negotiated by the neighboring base station, and each base station allocates a resource set, and the UEs served by different base stations use different resources to send the beacon signal or the beacon response message. The UE that is served by each base station sends a beacon signal or a resource of a b eacon response message to have a corresponding relationship with the base station; or any other resource that can be used by the UE to send a beacon signal or a beacon response message to determine any mapping relationship of the base station identifier.
所述 UE1根据 UE2发送 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息的资源与基站 的映射关系, 获取 UE2的服务基站标识, 还包括:  The UE1 obtains the serving base station identifier of the UE2 according to the mapping relationship between the resource that the UE2 sends the beacon signal or the beacon response message and the base station, and further includes:
UE1上保存了 UE发送 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息的资源与基站的 映射关系,或者 UE1从其他网元那里获取 UE发送 beacon信号的资源与基站 的映射关系。  The UE1 stores the mapping relationship between the resource that the UE sends the beacon signal or the beacon response message and the base station, or the UE1 obtains the mapping relationship between the resource that the UE sends the beacon signal and the base station from other network elements.
UE1从其他网元那里获取 UE发送 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息的资 源与基站的映射关系, 可以是从基站、 MME、 D2D注册服务器、 网络管理系 统、 或者其他给 beacon信号分配资源的网元。  The UE1 obtains the mapping relationship between the resources of the UE transmitting the beacon signal or the beacon response message and the base station from other network elements, and may be a network element that allocates resources from the base station, the MME, the D2D registration server, the network management system, or other beacon signals.
所述发送 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息的资源可以是基站、 MME、 D2D注册服务器、 网络管理系统、 或者其他网元分配。  The resource for sending the beacon signal or the beacon response message may be a base station, an MME, a D2D registration server, a network management system, or other network element allocation.
实施例七 Example 7
本发明实施例以 UE1 (源 UE )为网元, beacon信号携带指示信息为例 进行说明。描述了另一种根据目标 UE发送 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息 的资源位置来获取目标 UE的服务基站标识的方法,如图 10所示,步骤如下: 步骤 S1001、 步骤 S1004与本发明实施例一中的步骤 S401、 步骤 S405 相同, 在此不再赘述。 In the embodiment of the present invention, the UE1 (source UE) is used as the network element, and the beacon signal carries the indication information as an example for description. Another method for obtaining the serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the resource location of the target UE transmitting the beacon signal or the beacon response message is described. As shown in FIG. 10, the steps are as follows: Step S1001 and step S1004 are the same as steps S401 and S405 in the first embodiment of the present invention, and details are not described herein again.
步骤 S1002: UE1将 UE2发送 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息的资源 上报给 UE1的服务基站。  Step S1002: The UE1 reports the resources of the beacon signal or the beacon response message sent by the UE2 to the serving base station of the UE1.
UE1可以通过空口上的消息把 UE2发送 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消 息的资源上报给 UE1的服务基站。 所述空口上的消息可以是相关的蜂窝通信 的空口消息, 或者新增的空口消息。  The UE1 can report the resources of the beacon signal or the beacon response message sent by the UE2 to the serving base station of the UE1 through the message on the air interface. The message on the air interface may be an air interface message of the related cellular communication, or a newly added air interface message.
所述相关的蜂窝通信的空口消息包括: 随机接入消息、 RRC连接请求消 息、 RRC连接建立完成消息、 RRC连接重建请求消息、 RRC连接重建完成 消息、 RRC连接重配完成消息、 测量上报消息、 以及其他用于蜂窝通信的空 口消息。  The air interface message of the related cellular communication includes: a random access message, an RRC connection request message, an RRC connection setup complete message, an RRC connection reestablishment request message, an RRC connection reestablishment complete message, an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message, a measurement report message, And other air interface messages for cellular communications.
所述新增的空口消息包括: D2D连接建立请求消息、 D2D寻呼请求消息、 D2D模式切换请求消息、 以及其他新增的用于 D2D通信或者蜂窝通信的消 息。  The newly added air interface message includes: a D2D connection establishment request message, a D2D page request message, a D2D mode switching request message, and other newly added messages for D2D communication or cellular communication.
步骤 S1003: UE1的服务基站根据 UE2发送 beacon信号或者 beacon响 应消息的资源获取 UE2的服务基站标识。  Step S1003: The serving base station of the UE1 acquires the serving base station identifier of the UE2 according to the resource that the UE2 sends the beacon signal or the beacon response message.
所述 UE1的服务基站根据 UE2发送 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息的 资源, 获取 UE2的服务基站标识, 还包括:  The serving base station of the UE1 obtains the serving base station identifier of the UE2 according to the resource that the UE2 sends the beacon signal or the beacon response message, and further includes:
所述 UE1的服务基站根据 UE2发送 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息的 资源与基站的映射关系, 获取 UE2的服务基站标识。  The serving base station of the UE1 acquires the serving base station identifier of the UE2 according to the mapping relationship between the resource of the beacon signal or the beacon response message transmitted by the UE2 and the base station.
所述 UE2发送 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息的资源与基站的映射关 系, 可以通过相邻基站进行协商, 每个基站分配一个资源集合, 不同基站下 面的 UE使用不同的资源发送 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息,每个基站下 面的 UE发送 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息的资源与该基站有——对应的 关系; 或者是其他可以由 UE发送 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息的资源确 定基站标识的任何映射关系。  The mapping between the resource of the beacon signal or the beacon response message and the base station of the UE2 may be negotiated by the neighboring base station, and each base station allocates a resource set, and the UEs under different base stations use different resources to send the beacon signal or the beacon response message. The resource of the beacon signal or the beacon response message sent by the UE under each base station has a corresponding relationship with the base station; or any other resource that can be used by the UE to send a beacon signal or a beacon response message to determine any mapping relationship of the base station identifier.
所述 UE1的服务基站根据 UE2发送 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息的 资源与基站的映射关系, 获取 UE2的服务基站标识, 还包括: UE1的服务基站上保存了 UE发送 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息的资 源与基站的映射关系, 或者 UE1 的服务基站从其他网元那里获取 UE发送 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息的资源与基站的映射关系。 The serving base station of the UE1 obtains the serving base station identifier of the UE2 according to the mapping relationship between the resource that the UE2 sends the beacon signal or the beacon response message and the base station, and further includes: The mapping between the resource of the UE transmitting the beacon signal or the beacon response message and the base station is saved on the serving base station of the UE1, or the serving base station of the UE1 obtains the mapping relationship between the resource of the UE transmitting the beacon signal or the beacon response message and the base station from other network elements.
UE1的服务基站从其他网元那里获取 UE发送 beacon信号或者 beacon响 应消息的资源与基站的映射关系, 可以是从其他基站、 MME、 D2D注册服务 器、 网络管理系统、或者其他给 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息分配资源的 网元。  The serving base station of UE1 obtains the mapping relationship between the resources of the UE transmitting the beacon signal or the beacon response message and the base station from other network elements, and may respond to other base stations, MMEs, D2D registration servers, network management systems, or other beacon signals or beacons. The network element of the message allocation resource.
所述发送 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息的资源可以是基站、 MME、 D2D注册服务器、 网络管理系统、 或者其他网元分配。  The resource for sending the beacon signal or the beacon response message may be a base station, an MME, a D2D registration server, a network management system, or other network element allocation.
实施例八 Example eight
本发明实施例描述了根据目标 UE的发现区域 ID获取目标 UE的服务基 站标识的方法, 如图 11所示, 步骤如下:  The embodiment of the present invention describes a method for obtaining a service base station identifier of a target UE according to a discovery area ID of a target UE. As shown in FIG. 11, the steps are as follows:
步骤 S1101 : 网元获取目标 UE的发现区域标识(发现区域 ID ) 。  Step S1101: The network element acquires a discovery area identifier (discovery area ID) of the target UE.
所述网元包括: UE、 基站、 MME、 D2D 注册服务器、 网络管理系统、 或者其他网元。  The network element includes: a UE, a base station, an MME, a D2D registration server, a network management system, or other network elements.
所述发现区域是指为 D2D发现分配的, UE的发现标识(发现 ID )有效 的区域。 类似于跟踪区域, 可以是跟踪区域, 也可以不是。  The discovery area refers to an area allocated for D2D discovery, and the discovery identifier (discovery ID) of the UE is valid. Similar to the tracking area, it can be the tracking area or not.
所述发现区域 ID可以携带在 beacon信号或者 beacon响应消息中, 也可 以携带在 D2D连接建立请求消息、 D2D寻呼请求消息、 D2D模式切换请求 消息、 以及其他消息中。  The discovery area ID may be carried in a beacon signal or a beacon response message, or may be carried in a D2D connection establishment request message, a D2D paging request message, a D2D mode switching request message, and other messages.
所述 UE获取目标 UE的发现区域 ID , 可以是从目标 UE发送的 beacon 信号中获取目标 UE的发现区域 ID; 或者从目标 UE发送的 beacon信号响应 消息中获取目标 UE的发现区域 ID。 The UE obtains the discovery area ID of the target UE, and may obtain the discovery area ID of the target UE from the beacon signal sent by the target UE, or acquire the discovery area ID of the target UE from the beacon signal response message sent by the target UE.
所述基站获取目标 UE的发现区域 ID, 可以是从 UE、 MME、 D2D注册 服务器那里获取目标 UE的发现区域 ID。 所述基站从 UE那里获取目标 UE的发现区域 ID, 可以是 UE通过空口 消息, 在空口消息中携带目标 UE的发现区域 ID发送给基站。 所述空口上的 消息可以是相关的蜂窝通信的空口消息, 或者新增的空口消息。 The base station acquires the discovery area ID of the target UE, and may obtain the discovery area ID of the target UE from the UE, the MME, and the D2D registration server. The base station acquires the discovery area ID of the target UE from the UE, and the UE sends the discovery area ID of the target UE to the base station in the air interface message through the air interface message. The message on the air interface may be an air interface message of the related cellular communication, or a newly added air interface message.
所述相关的蜂窝通信的空口消息包括: 随机接入消息、 RRC连接请求消 息、 RRC连接建立完成消息、 RRC连接重建请求消息、 RRC连接重建完成 消息、 RRC连接重配完成消息、 测量上报消息、 以及其他用于蜂窝通信的空 口消息。  The air interface message of the related cellular communication includes: a random access message, an RRC connection request message, an RRC connection setup complete message, an RRC connection reestablishment request message, an RRC connection reestablishment complete message, an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message, a measurement report message, And other air interface messages for cellular communications.
所述新增的空口消息包括: D2D连接建立请求消息、 D2D寻呼请求消息、 D2D模式切换请求消息、 以及其他新增的用于 D2D通信或者蜂窝通信的消 息。  The newly added air interface message includes: a D2D connection establishment request message, a D2D page request message, a D2D mode switching request message, and other newly added messages for D2D communication or cellular communication.
步骤 S1102: 网元根据目标 UE的发现区域 ID, 获取目标 UE的服务基 站标识。  Step S1102: The network element acquires the service base station identifier of the target UE according to the discovery area ID of the target UE.
所述网元根据目标 UE的发现区域标识(发现区域 ID ) , 获取目标 UE 的服务基站标识, 还包括:  The acquiring, by the network element, the serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the discovery area identifier (the discovery area ID) of the target UE, further includes:
网元从本地保存的信息获取发现区域 ID与基站标识的映射关系、或者从 其他网元那里获取发现区域 ID与基站标识的映射关系;  The network element obtains the mapping relationship between the discovery area ID and the base station identifier from the locally saved information, or obtains the mapping relationship between the discovery area ID and the base station identifier from other network elements.
网元根据发现区域 ID与基站标识的映射关系, 来获取目标 UE的服务基 站标识。  The network element obtains the service base station identifier of the target UE according to the mapping relationship between the discovery area ID and the base station identifier.
所述发现区域 ID与基站的映射关系, 来获取目标 UE的服务基站标识, 还包括:  The mapping between the discovery area ID and the base station to obtain the serving base station identifier of the target UE, and the method further includes:
如果发现区域 ID与基站标识的映射关系是一个发现区域 ID对应一个基 站, 或者一个发现区域 ID对应一个基站下面的一个或多个服务小区, 或者其 他根据发现区域 ID可以直接确定基站标识的映射关系,则所述网元可以直接 根据发现区域 ID, 推导出目标 UE的服务基站标识;  If the mapping between the area ID and the identifier of the base station is found, one discovery area ID corresponds to one base station, or one discovery area ID corresponds to one or more serving cells under one base station, or other mapping relationship of the base station identifier can be directly determined according to the discovery area ID. The network element may directly derive the serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the discovery area ID.
如果发现区域 ID与基站标识的映射关系是一个发现区域 ID对应多个基 站, 或者多个基站下面的服务小区, 或者其他根据发现区域 ID不能直接确定 基站标识的映射关系, 则所述网元可以根据发现区域 ID及其他辅助信息,推 导出目标 UE的服务基站标识。 所述辅助信息包括: 发现 ID、 是发现区域内唯一分配的基站有效标识或 者其他有用的信息。 If the mapping relationship between the area ID and the base station identifier is that the discovery area ID corresponds to multiple base stations, or the serving cell under multiple base stations, or other mapping relationship that cannot directly determine the identifier of the base station according to the discovery area ID, the network element may be The serving base station identifier of the target UE is derived according to the discovery area ID and other auxiliary information. The auxiliary information includes: a discovery ID, a uniquely assigned base station valid identifier in the discovery area, or other useful information.
所述发现区域 ID可以由基站、 MME、 D2D注册服务器、 网络管理系统、 或者其他网元分配。 The discovery area ID may be allocated by a base station, an MME, a D2D registration server, a network management system, or other network elements.
所述发现区域 ID由基站分配, 可以通过基站之间进行协商, 来保证相邻 基站对应的发现区域 ID不冲突。  The discovery area ID is allocated by the base station, and the negotiation between the base stations can be performed to ensure that the discovery area IDs of the neighboring base stations do not conflict.
实施例九 Example nine
本发明实施例描述了根据目标 UE的发现 ID获取目标 UE的服务基站标 识的方法, 如图 12所示, 步骤如下:  The embodiment of the present invention describes a method for acquiring a service base station identifier of a target UE according to a discovery ID of a target UE. As shown in FIG. 12, the steps are as follows:
步骤 S1201: 网元获取目标 UE的发现标识(发现 ID ) 。  Step S1201: The network element acquires a discovery identifier (discovery ID) of the target UE.
所述网元包括: UE、 基站、 MME、 D2D 注册服务器、 网络管理系统、 或者其他网元。  The network element includes: a UE, a base station, an MME, a D2D registration server, a network management system, or other network elements.
所述 UE获取目标 UE的发现 ID , 可以是从目标 UE发送的 beacon信号 中获取目标 UE的发现 ID; 或者从目标 UE发送的 beacon信号响应消息中获 取目标 UE的发现 ID。  The UE obtains the discovery ID of the target UE, and may obtain the discovery ID of the target UE from the beacon signal sent by the target UE, or obtain the discovery ID of the target UE from the beacon signal response message sent by the target UE.
所述基站获取目标 UE的发现 ID, 可以是从 UE、 MME、 D2D注册服务 器那里获取目标 UE的发现 ID。  The base station acquires the discovery ID of the target UE, and may obtain the discovery ID of the target UE from the UE, the MME, and the D2D registration server.
所述基站从 UE那里获取目标 UE的发现 ID , 可以是 UE通过空口消息, 在空口消息中携带目标 UE的发现 ID发送给基站。 所述空口上的消息可以是 相关的蜂窝通信的空口消息, 或者新增的空口消息。  The base station obtains the discovery ID of the target UE from the UE, and the UE sends the discovery ID of the target UE to the base station in the air interface message through the air interface message. The message on the air interface may be an air interface message of the related cellular communication, or a newly added air interface message.
所述相关的蜂窝通信的空口消息包括: 随机接入消息、 RRC连接请求消 息、 RRC连接建立完成消息、 RRC连接重建请求消息、 RRC连接重建完成 消息、 RRC连接重配完成消息、 测量上报消息、 以及其他用于蜂窝通信的空 口消息。  The air interface message of the related cellular communication includes: a random access message, an RRC connection request message, an RRC connection setup complete message, an RRC connection reestablishment request message, an RRC connection reestablishment complete message, an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message, a measurement report message, And other air interface messages for cellular communications.
所述新增的空口消息包括: D2D连接建立请求消息、 D2D寻呼请求消息、 D2D模式切换请求消息、 以及其他新增的用于 D2D通信或者蜂窝通信的消 息。 The newly added air interface message includes: a D2D connection establishment request message, a D2D page request message, D2D mode switch request message, and other new messages for D2D communication or cellular communication.
步骤 S1202: 网元根据目标 UE的发现 ID, 获取目标 UE的服务基站标 识。  Step S1202: The network element acquires the serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the discovery ID of the target UE.
所述网元根据目标 UE的发现 ID, 获取目标 UE的服务基站标识, 还包 括:  The acquiring, by the network element, the serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the discovery ID of the target UE, further includes:
所述网元根据目标 UE的发现 ID与基站的映射关系, 获取目标 UE的服 务基站标识。  The network element acquires the service base station identifier of the target UE according to the mapping relationship between the discovery ID of the target UE and the base station.
所述 UE的发现 ID与基站的映射关系, 可以是相邻基站使用不同的发现 ID集合, 根据发现 ID可以唯一确定基站标识。  The mapping relationship between the discovery ID of the UE and the base station may be that the neighboring base station uses different discovery ID sets, and the base station identifier may be uniquely determined according to the discovery ID.
所述 UE的发现 ID集合, 可以通过相邻基站进行协商, 每个基站分配一 个发现 ID集合, 不同基站下面的 UE使用不同的发现 ID; 或者由 MME对其 管理的基站分配不同的发现 ID集合; 或者由 D2D注册服务器给基站分配发 现 ID集合; 或者由其他网元给基站分配发现 ID集合。  The discovery ID set of the UE may be negotiated by a neighboring base station, and each base station allocates one discovery ID set, and the UEs under different base stations use different discovery IDs; or the MME allocates different discovery ID sets to the base stations managed by the MME. Or the D2D registration server allocates a discovery ID set to the base station; or the other network element allocates a discovery ID set to the base station.
本发明的实施例十至实施例十六主要描述了网元通过寻呼消息获取目标 UE服务基站标识的方法, 下面对各实施例进行详细说明。 Embodiments 10 to 16 of the present invention mainly describe a method for a network element to acquire a target UE serving base station identifier by using a paging message. The following describes the embodiments in detail.
实例十  Example ten
本发明实施例以 UE1 (源 UE )为网元, beacon信号携带寻呼消息为例 进行说明。 描述了通过在 beacon信号中携带寻呼消息来获取目标 UE的服务 基站的方法, 如图 13所示, 步骤如下:  In the embodiment of the present invention, the UE1 (source UE) is a network element, and the beacon signal carries a paging message as an example for description. A method for obtaining a serving base station of a target UE by carrying a paging message in a beacon signal is described. As shown in FIG. 13, the steps are as follows:
步骤 S1301 : UE1发送 beacon信号, 在 beacon信号中携带寻呼消息。 所述 UE1发送 beacon信号的发送方式可以是广播、单播、 或者多播。 所 述 beacon信号的发送可以是周期性发送, 也可以在某个特定的发现时隙内发 送, 或者在目标 UE需要发现其他 UE或者被其他 UE发现的时候发送。  Step S1301: UE1 sends a beacon signal, and carries a paging message in the beacon signal. The sending manner of the beacon signal sent by the UE1 may be broadcast, unicast, or multicast. The beacon signal may be sent periodically, or may be sent in a specific discovery time slot, or may be sent when the target UE needs to discover other UEs or be discovered by other UEs.
所述 UE1在 beacon信号中携带的寻呼消息中包含 UE2的标识。所述 UE2 的标识可以是发现 ID、 S-TMSL IMSL GUTL IP地址或者其他可以标识 UE2 的信息。 步骤 S1302: UE2接收 beacon信号, 判断 beacon信号中携带的寻呼消息 是否是在寻呼自己。 The paging message carried by the UE1 in the beacon signal includes the identifier of the UE2. The identifier of the UE2 may be a discovery ID, an S-TMSL IMSL GUTL IP address, or other information that may identify the UE2. Step S1302: UE2 receives the beacon signal, and determines whether the paging message carried in the beacon signal is paging itself.
UE2根据寻呼消息中携带的 UE标识来判断是否是寻呼自己。 如果寻呼 消息中携带的 UE标识与自己的 UE标识匹配,则判断该寻呼消息是寻呼自己。 否则, 不是寻呼自己。  The UE2 determines whether it is paging itself according to the UE identifier carried in the paging message. If the UE identifier carried in the paging message matches its own UE identifier, it is determined that the paging message is paging itself. Otherwise, not to page yourself.
若 UE2判断该寻呼消息是在寻呼自己, 则执行步骤 S03及后续步骤; 否 则, 忽视该寻呼消息。  If the UE2 determines that the paging message is paging itself, step S03 and subsequent steps are performed; otherwise, the paging message is ignored.
步骤 S1303: UE2根据自己所处的状态, 执行相应的操作, 还包括: 如果 UE2处于空闲态, UE2随机接入到 eNB2 , 然后发送 beacon响应消 息给 UE1。  Step S1303: UE2 performs corresponding operations according to the state in which it is located, and further includes: if UE2 is in an idle state, UE2 randomly accesses to eNB2, and then sends a beacon response message to UE1.
所述 UE2随机接入到 eNB2 , 可以是收到寻呼消息之后, 立即进行随机 接入过程; 或者在 TAU周期到来时, 在 TAU流程中进行随机接入过程。  The UE2 randomly accesses the eNB2, and may perform a random access procedure immediately after receiving the paging message; or perform a random access procedure in the TAU process when the TAU period arrives.
如果 UE2处于连接态, UE2直接发送 beacon响应消息给 UE1。  If UE2 is in the connected state, UE2 directly sends a beacon response message to UE1.
步骤 S1304: UE2随机接入到 eNB2。  Step S1304: UE2 randomly accesses to eNB2.
所述 UE2随机接入到 eNB2, 可以釆用相关的蜂窝通信的随机接入流程; 或者釆用修改的随机接入流程; 或者新定义的随机接入流程。  The UE2 randomly accesses the eNB2, and may use the random access procedure of the related cellular communication; or use the modified random access procedure; or the newly defined random access procedure.
步骤 S1305: UE2发送 beacon响应消息给 UE1。  Step S1305: UE2 sends a beacon response message to UE1.
所述 beacon响应消息中携带了 UE2的标识以及 UE2的服务基站 eNB2 的信息。  The beacon response message carries the identifier of the UE2 and the information of the serving base station eNB2 of the UE2.
所述 beacon响应消息可以通过 UE2直接发送给 UE1 ,或者经过 eNB2和 eNBl转发。  The beacon response message may be directly sent to UE1 through UE2 or forwarded through eNB2 and eNB1.
实施例十一 Embodiment 11
本发明实施例以 UE1 (源 UE )为网元, beacon信号携带寻呼消息为例 进行说明。 描述了另一种通过在 beacon信号中携带寻呼消息来获取目标 UE 的服务基站的方法, 如图 14所示, 步骤如下:  In the embodiment of the present invention, the UE1 (source UE) is a network element, and the beacon signal carries a paging message as an example for description. Another method for obtaining a serving base station of a target UE by carrying a paging message in a beacon signal is described. As shown in FIG. 14, the steps are as follows:
步骤 S1401 : UE1发送 beacon信号, 在 beacon信号中携带寻呼消息。 所述 UE1发送 beacon信号的发送方式可以是广播、 单播、 或者多播。 所述 UE1在 beacon信号中携带的寻呼消息中包含 UE2的标识。所述 UE2 的标识可以是发现 ID、 S-TMSL IMSL IP地址或者其他可以标识 UE2的信 息。 Step S1401: UE1 sends a beacon signal, and carries a paging message in the beacon signal. The manner in which the UE1 sends the beacon signal may be broadcast, unicast, or multicast. The paging message carried by the UE1 in the beacon signal includes the identifier of the UE2. The identifier of the UE2 may be a discovery ID, an S-TMSL IMSL IP address, or other information that may identify the UE 2.
步骤 S1402: UE2接收 beacon信号, 判断 beacon信号中携带的寻呼消息 是否是在寻呼自己。  Step S1402: The UE2 receives the beacon signal, and determines whether the paging message carried in the beacon signal is paging itself.
UE2根据寻呼消息中携带的 UE标识来判断是否是寻呼自己。 如果寻呼 消息中携带的 UE标识与自己的 UE标识匹配,则判断该寻呼消息是寻呼自己。 否则, 不是寻呼自己。  The UE2 determines whether it is paging itself according to the UE identifier carried in the paging message. If the UE identifier carried in the paging message matches its own UE identifier, it is determined that the paging message is paging itself. Otherwise, not to page yourself.
若 UE2判断该寻呼消息是在寻呼自己, 则执行步骤 S03及后续步骤; 否 则, 忽视该寻呼消息。  If the UE2 determines that the paging message is paging itself, step S03 and subsequent steps are performed; otherwise, the paging message is ignored.
步骤 S1403: UE2判断自己处于空闲态。  Step S1403: UE2 determines that it is in an idle state.
步骤 S1404: UE2随机接入到 eNB2。  Step S1404: UE2 randomly accesses to eNB2.
所述 UE2随机接入到 eNB2, 可以釆用相关的蜂窝通信的随机接入流程; 或者釆用修改的随机接入流程; 或者新定义的随机接入流程。  The UE2 randomly accesses the eNB2, and may use the random access procedure of the related cellular communication; or use the modified random access procedure; or the newly defined random access procedure.
所述 UE2随机接入到 eNB2, 可以立即进行随机接入过程; 或者等 TAU 周期到达时, 在 TAU流程中进行随机接入过程。  The UE2 randomly accesses the eNB2, and can perform a random access procedure immediately; or when the TAU period arrives, the random access procedure is performed in the TAU process.
所述 UE2在随机接入的过程中可以指示 eNB2对 UE1进行寻呼响应。所 述指示信息可以是直接指示, 或者间接指示。  The UE2 may instruct the eNB2 to perform a paging response to the UE1 in the process of random access. The indication information may be a direct indication or an indirect indication.
如果 UE2在随机接入的过程中指示 eNB2对 UE1进行寻呼响应 ,则执行 步骤 S1406; 否则执行步骤 S1405。  If UE2 instructs eNB2 to perform a paging response to UE1 in the process of random access, step S1406 is performed; otherwise, step S1405 is performed.
步骤 S1405: UE2给 eNB2发送寻呼响应消息。  Step S1405: UE2 sends a paging response message to eNB2.
步骤 S1406: eNB2给 eNBl发送寻呼响应消息。  Step S1406: The eNB2 sends a paging response message to the eNB1.
在消息中指示该消息是从 UE2到 UE1的寻呼响应消息。  The message is indicated in the message as a paging response message from UE2 to UE1.
所述 eNB2发送寻呼消息给 eNBl , 可以是转发来自 UE2的寻呼响应消 息, 或者利用相关的和 /或新增的 X2接口上的消息进行寻呼响应。  The eNB2 sends a paging message to the eNB1, which may be to forward the paging response message from the UE2, or to perform a paging response by using a message on the associated and/or newly added X2 interface.
所述相关的 X2接口上的消息包括: 基站配置更新消息、 基站配置更新 确认消息、 基站配置更新失败消息、 切换请求消息、 切换请求确认消息、 切 换准备失败消息、 X2建立请求消息、 X2建立请求响应消息、 重置消息、 负 载信息、 链路失败指示消息、 SN状态传输消息、 UE上下文释放消息、 以及 其他 X2接口上的消息。 The message on the related X2 interface includes: a base station configuration update message, a base station configuration update Confirmation message, base station configuration update failure message, handover request message, handover request acknowledgement message, handover preparation failure message, X2 setup request message, X2 setup request response message, reset message, load information, link failure indication message, SN status transmission Messages, UE context release messages, and other messages on the X2 interface.
所述利用相关的 X2接口上的消息,可以是直接用相关的 X2消息进行寻 呼响应, 或者复用相关 X2消息的 IE进行寻呼响应, 或者在相关空口消息中 添加一个新的 IE进行寻呼响应。 步骤 S1407: eNBl接收到寻呼响应消息之后,给 UE1发送寻呼响应消息。 所述 eNBl发送给 UE1的寻呼响应消息, 可以是转发来自 eNB2的寻呼 响应消息, 或者 eNBl 自己产生的寻呼响应消息。  The message on the related X2 interface may be that the paging response is directly performed by using the related X2 message, or the IE of the relevant X2 message is multiplexed to perform a paging response, or a new IE is added to the related air interface message to search. Call response. Step S1407: After receiving the paging response message, the eNB1 sends a paging response message to the UE1. The paging response message sent by the eNB1 to the UE1 may be a paging response message from the eNB2, or a paging response message generated by the eNB1 itself.
所述 eNBl发送给 UE1的寻呼响应消息, 包括了 UE2的标识和 /或 UE2 的服务基站标识, 和 /或其他一些必要的信息。  The paging response message sent by the eNB1 to the UE1 includes the identifier of the UE2 and/or the serving base station identifier of the UE2, and/or other necessary information.
所述 UE2的标识包括发现 ID、 S-TMSL IMSL IP地址或者其他可以标 识 UE2的信息。  The identity of the UE2 includes a discovery ID, an S-TMSL IMSL IP address, or other information that can identify the UE2.
所述 eNBl 自己产生的寻呼响应消息可以是复用相关的空口消息, 或者 新增的空口消息。  The paging response message generated by the eNB1 may be a multiplex-related air interface message or a newly added air interface message.
所述相关的空口消息包括: 寻呼消息、 随机接入响应消息、 RRC连接消 息、 RRC连接重配消息、 RRC连接重建消息、 RRC连接释放消息、 下行信 息传输消息、 UE能力查询消息、 UE信息请求消息、 TAU消息以及其他的空 口消息。  The related air interface message includes: a paging message, a random access response message, an RRC connection message, an RRC connection reconfiguration message, an RRC connection reestablishment message, an RRC connection release message, a downlink information transmission message, a UE capability query message, and UE information. Request messages, TAU messages, and other air interface messages.
所述复用相关的空口消息,可以是直接用相关的空口消息进行寻呼响应, 或者复用相关空口消息的 IE进行寻呼响应,或者在相关空口消息中添加一个 新的 IE进行寻呼响应。  The multiplexing related air interface message may be that the paging response is directly performed by using the relevant air interface message, or the IE that multiplexes the relevant air interface message performs a paging response, or adds a new IE to the related air interface message to perform the paging response. .
实施例十二 Example twelve
本发明实施例以 UE1 (源 UE )为网元, beacon信号携带寻呼消息为例 进行说明。 描述了另一种通过在 beacon信号中携带寻呼消息来获取目标 UE 的服务基站的方法, 如图 15所示, 步骤如下: 步骤 S1501 : UE1发送 beacon信号, 在 beacon信号中携带寻呼消息。 所述 UE1发送 beacon信号的发送方式可以是广播、 单播、 或者多播。 所述 UE1在 beacon信号中携带的寻呼消息中包含 UE2的标识。所述 UE2 的标识可以是发现 ID、 S-TMSL IMSL IP地址或者其他可以标识 UE2的信 息。 In the embodiment of the present invention, the UE1 (source UE) is a network element, and the beacon signal carries a paging message as an example for description. Another method for obtaining a serving base station of a target UE by carrying a paging message in a beacon signal is described. As shown in FIG. 15, the steps are as follows: Step S1501: UE1 sends a beacon signal, and carries a paging message in the beacon signal. The manner in which the UE1 sends the beacon signal may be broadcast, unicast, or multicast. The paging message carried by the UE1 in the beacon signal includes the identifier of the UE2. The identifier of the UE2 may be a discovery ID, an S-TMSL IMSL IP address, or other information that may identify the UE 2.
步骤 S1502: UE2接收 beacon信号, 判断 beacon信号中携带的寻呼消息 是否是在寻呼自己。  Step S1502: UE2 receives the beacon signal, and determines whether the paging message carried in the beacon signal is paging itself.
UE2根据寻呼消息中携带的 UE标识来判断是否是寻呼自己。 如果寻呼 消息中携带的 UE标识与自己的 UE标识匹配,则判断该寻呼消息是寻呼自己。 否则, 不是寻呼自己。  The UE2 determines whether it is paging itself according to the UE identifier carried in the paging message. If the UE identifier carried in the paging message matches its own UE identifier, it is determined that the paging message is paging itself. Otherwise, not to page yourself.
若 UE2判断该寻呼消息是在寻呼自己, 则执行步骤 S03及后续步骤; 否 则, 忽视该寻呼消息。  If the UE2 determines that the paging message is paging itself, step S03 and subsequent steps are performed; otherwise, the paging message is ignored.
步骤 S1503: UE2判断自己处于连接态。  Step S1503: UE2 determines that it is in the connected state.
步骤 S1504: UE2给 eNB2发送寻呼响应消息  Step S1504: UE2 sends a paging response message to eNB2.
在消息中指示该消息是从 UE2到 UE1的寻呼响应消息。  The message is indicated in the message as a paging response message from UE2 to UE1.
所述寻呼响应消息可以是复用相关的空口消息, 或者新增的空口消息。 所述相关的空口消息包括: 随机接入消息、 RRC连接请求消息、 RRC连 接建立完成消息、 RRC 连接重建请求消息、 RRC连接重建完成消息、 RRC 连接重配完成消息、 测量上 消息、 TAU消息以及其他的空口消息。  The paging response message may be a multiplex-related air interface message or a newly added air interface message. The related air interface message includes: a random access message, an RRC connection request message, an RRC connection setup complete message, an RRC connection reestablishment request message, an RRC connection reestablishment complete message, an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message, a measurement upper message, a TAU message, and Other air interface messages.
所述复用相关的空口消息,可以是直接用相关的空口消息进行寻呼响应, 或者复用相关空口消息的 IE进行寻呼响应,或者在相关空口消息中添加一个 新的 IE进行寻呼响应。  The multiplexing related air interface message may be that the paging response is directly performed by using the relevant air interface message, or the IE that multiplexes the relevant air interface message performs a paging response, or adds a new IE to the related air interface message to perform the paging response. .
步骤 S1505: eNB2接收到来自 UE2的寻呼响应消息之后, 给 eNBl发送 寻呼响应消息。  Step S1505: After receiving the paging response message from the UE2, the eNB2 sends a paging response message to the eNB1.
所述 eNB2发送寻呼响应消息给 eNBl , 可以是转发来自 UE2的寻呼响 应消息, 或者利用相关的和 /或新增的 X2接口上的消息进行寻呼响应。  The eNB2 sends a paging response message to the eNB1, which may be to forward the paging response message from the UE2, or use the related and/or newly added messages on the X2 interface to perform the paging response.
所述相关的 X2接口上的消息包括: 基站配置更新消息、 基站配置更新 确认消息、 基站配置更新失败消息、 切换请求消息、 切换请求确认消息、 切 换准备失败消息、 X2建立请求消息、 X2建立请求响应消息、 重置消息、 负 载信息、 链路失败指示消息、 SN状态传输消息、 UE上下文释放消息、 以及 其他 X2接口上的消息。 The message on the related X2 interface includes: a base station configuration update message, a base station configuration update Confirmation message, base station configuration update failure message, handover request message, handover request acknowledgement message, handover preparation failure message, X2 setup request message, X2 setup request response message, reset message, load information, link failure indication message, SN status transmission Messages, UE context release messages, and other messages on the X2 interface.
所述利用相关的 X2接口上的消息,可以是直接用相关的 X2消息进行寻 呼响应, 或者复用相关 X2消息的 IE进行寻呼响应, 或者在相关 X2消息中 添加一个新的 IE进行寻呼响应。 步骤 S1506: eNBl接收到寻呼响应消息之后,给 UE1发送寻呼响应消息。 所述 eNBl给 UE1发送寻呼响应消息可以是复用相关的空口消息, 或者 新增的空口消息。  The message on the related X2 interface may be that the paging response is directly performed by using the related X2 message, or the IE of the relevant X2 message is multiplexed to perform a paging response, or a new IE is added to the related X2 message for searching. Call response. Step S1506: After receiving the paging response message, the eNB1 sends a paging response message to the UE1. The eNB1 sends a paging response message to the UE1, which may be a multiplex-related air interface message or a newly added air interface message.
所述相关的空口消息包括: 寻呼消息、 随机接入响应消息、 RRC连接消 息、 RRC连接重配消息、 RRC连接重建消息、 RRC连接释放消息、 下行信 息传输消息、 UE能力查询消息、 UE信息请求消息、 TAU消息以及其他的空 口消息。  The related air interface message includes: a paging message, a random access response message, an RRC connection message, an RRC connection reconfiguration message, an RRC connection reestablishment message, an RRC connection release message, a downlink information transmission message, a UE capability query message, and UE information. Request messages, TAU messages, and other air interface messages.
所述复用相关的空口消息,可以是直接用相关的空口消息进行寻呼响应, 或者复用相关空口消息的 IE进行寻呼响应,或者在相关空口消息中添加一个 新的 IE进行寻呼响应。  The multiplexing related air interface message may be that the paging response is directly performed by using the relevant air interface message, or the IE that multiplexes the relevant air interface message performs a paging response, or adds a new IE to the related air interface message to perform the paging response. .
实施例十三 Example thirteen
本发明实施例以基站为网元为例进行说明。 描述了通过基站发送寻呼消 息来获取目标 UE的服务基站的方法, 如图 16所示, 步骤如下:  The embodiment of the present invention uses a base station as a network element as an example for description. A method for obtaining a serving base station of a target UE by transmitting a paging message by a base station is described. As shown in FIG. 16, the steps are as follows:
步骤 S1601 : 基站想要获取目标 UE的服务基站。  Step S1601: The base station wants to acquire the serving base station of the target UE.
所述基站想要获取目标 UE的服务基站对应的场景为如下几种, 基站接 收到源 UE的 D2D连接建立请求消息,或者基站接收到源 UE的 D2D寻呼请 求消息, 或者是基站要为源 UE转发消息到目标 UE。  The scenario that the base station needs to obtain the serving UE of the target UE is as follows: the base station receives the D2D connection setup request message of the source UE, or the base station receives the D2D paging request message of the source UE, or the base station is the source The UE forwards the message to the target UE.
步骤 S1602: 基站判断目标 UE是否在自己的服务小区。  Step S1602: The base station determines whether the target UE is in its own serving cell.
所述基站判断目标 UE是否在自己的服务小区, 还包括: 基站根据目标 UE所处的状态判断目标 UE是否在自己的服务小区的方法 包括: The determining, by the base station, whether the target UE is in its own serving cell, further includes: The method for the base station to determine whether the target UE is in its own serving cell according to the state of the target UE includes:
如果目标 UE处于空闲态, 基站就在自己的服务小区发送寻呼消息, 寻 呼目标 UE;  If the target UE is in an idle state, the base station sends a paging message in its own serving cell to locate the target UE;
如果目标 UE处于连接态, 基站就判断目标 UE是否由所述基站服务。 基站获取目标 UE所处的状态,可以是基站从源 UE获取; 或者是基站从 MME获取; 或者基站从 D2D注册服务器上获取, 或者基站从网络管理系统 获取, 或者基站从其他网元获取。  If the target UE is in the connected state, the base station determines whether the target UE is served by the base station. The base station acquires the state of the target UE, which may be obtained by the base station from the source UE; or the base station acquires from the MME; or the base station acquires from the D2D registration server, or the base station acquires from the network management system, or the base station acquires from other network elements.
所述基站从源 UE那里获取目标 UE所处的状态,可以是源 UE通过空口 消息将目标 UE所处的状态发送给基站。  The base station acquires the state of the target UE from the source UE, and may be that the source UE sends the state of the target UE to the base station by using an air interface message.
所述空口消息可以是相关的蜂窝通信的空口消息,或者新增的空口消息。 所述相关的蜂窝通信的空口消息包括: 随机接入消息、 RRC连接请求消 息、 RRC连接建立完成消息、 RRC连接重建请求消息、 RRC连接重建完成 消息、 RRC连接重配完成消息、 测量上报消息、 以及其他用于蜂窝通信的空 口消息。  The air interface message may be an air interface message of an associated cellular communication or a newly added air interface message. The air interface message of the related cellular communication includes: a random access message, an RRC connection request message, an RRC connection setup complete message, an RRC connection reestablishment request message, an RRC connection reestablishment complete message, an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message, a measurement report message, And other air interface messages for cellular communications.
所述新增的空口消息包括: D2D连接建立请求消息、 D2D寻呼请求消息、 D2D模式切换请求消息、 以及其他新增的用于 D2D通信或者蜂窝通信的消 息。  The newly added air interface message includes: a D2D connection establishment request message, a D2D page request message, a D2D mode switching request message, and other newly added messages for D2D communication or cellular communication.
所述目标 UE所处的状态可以在目标 UE发送的发现信号中携带。  The state in which the target UE is located may be carried in a discovery signal sent by the target UE.
步骤 S1603: 如果目标 UE在自己的服务小区, 就结束寻呼。  Step S1603: If the target UE is in its own serving cell, the paging is ended.
如果基站收到目标 UE的寻呼响应, 即目标 UE随机接入到该基站,或者 基站判断目标 UE由所述基站服务,则目标 UE在自己的服务小区,基站结束 寻呼。  If the base station receives the paging response of the target UE, that is, the target UE randomly accesses the base station, or the base station determines that the target UE is served by the base station, the target UE is in its own serving cell, and the base station ends the paging.
步骤 S1604: 如果目标 UE不在自己的服务小区, 基站给相邻基站或者 MME发送寻呼消息。  Step S1604: If the target UE is not in its own serving cell, the base station sends a paging message to the neighboring base station or the MME.
如果基站没有收到目标 UE的寻呼响应,即目标 UE没有随机接入到该基 站,或者基站判断目标 UE不是由所述基站服务, 则目标 UE不在自己的服务 小区, 基站给相邻基站或者 MME发送寻呼消息。 所述寻呼消息中携带了目标 UE的标识、 目标 UE所处的状态、以及其他 一些必要的信息。 If the base station does not receive the paging response of the target UE, that is, the target UE does not randomly access the base station, or the base station determines that the target UE is not served by the base station, the target UE is not in its own serving cell, and the base station gives the neighboring base station or The MME sends a paging message. The paging message carries the identity of the target UE, the state of the target UE, and other necessary information.
步骤 S1605: 相邻基站或者 MME判断目标 UE是否处于连接态, 执行相 应的操作。  Step S1605: The neighboring base station or the MME determines whether the target UE is in the connected state, and performs a corresponding operation.
所述相邻基站或者 MME根据基站发送的寻呼消息中的信息判断目标 UE 是否处于连接态。  The neighboring base station or the MME determines whether the target UE is in the connected state according to the information in the paging message sent by the base station.
步骤 S1606: 相邻基站或者 MME直接返回目标 UE的服务基站信息。 如果目标 UE处于连接态,相邻基站判断目标 UE跟自己是否有连接,来 决定是否需要给基站回复消息。 如果目标 UE跟相邻基站有连接, 则相邻基 站直接返回目标 UE的服务基站信息给基站。 否则, 不需要回复。  Step S1606: The neighboring base station or the MME directly returns the serving base station information of the target UE. If the target UE is in the connected state, the neighboring base station determines whether the target UE has a connection with itself to decide whether it is necessary to reply the message to the base station. If the target UE is connected to the neighboring base station, the neighboring base station directly returns the serving base station information of the target UE to the base station. Otherwise, no reply is required.
如果目标 UE处于连接态, MME判断是否保存有目标 UE的信息, 如果 有就直接返回目标 UE的服务基站信息给基站。 否则, 不需要回复。  If the target UE is in the connected state, the MME determines whether the information of the target UE is saved, and if so, directly returns the serving base station information of the target UE to the base station. Otherwise, no reply is required.
步骤 S1607: 相邻基站或者 MME确定寻呼区域, 发送寻呼消息。  Step S1607: The neighboring base station or the MME determines the paging area and sends a paging message.
所述寻呼区域的确定包括: 基站的相邻小区、 发现区域包含的小区。  The determining of the paging area includes: a neighboring cell of the base station, and a cell included in the discovery area.
实施例十四 Embodiment 14
本发明实施例以基站为网元为例进行说明。 描述了另一种通过基站发送 寻呼消息来获取目标 UE的服务基站的方法, 如图 17所示, 步骤如下:  The embodiment of the present invention uses a base station as a network element as an example for description. Another method for obtaining a serving base station of a target UE by transmitting a paging message through a base station is described. As shown in FIG. 17, the steps are as follows:
步骤 S1701 : 基站判断目标 UE是否在自己的服务小区  Step S1701: The base station determines whether the target UE is in its own serving cell.
步骤 S1702: 基站判断目标 UE是否处于连接态。  Step S1702: The base station determines whether the target UE is in a connected state.
步骤 S1703: 基站判断目标 UE是否由该基站服务。  Step S1703: The base station determines whether the target UE is served by the base station.
如果目标 UE处于连接态,基站根据目标 UE是否跟自己有连接,可以直 接判断目标 UE是否在自己的服务区域。  If the target UE is in the connected state, the base station can directly determine whether the target UE is in its own service area according to whether the target UE has a connection with itself.
步骤 S1704:基站在自己的所有服务小区中发送寻呼消息,寻呼目标 UE。 如果目标 UE处于空闲态, 基站在自己的所有服务小区中发送寻呼消息, 寻呼目标 UE。 如果目标 UE进行寻呼响应, 即目标 UE随机接入到基站, 则 目标 UE在该基站的服务小区。 否则, 不在。 所述目标 UE收到寻呼消息之后 , 可以立即进行随机接入过程和 /或回复 寻呼响应消息; 或者等 TAU周期到达时, 在 TAU流程中进行随机接入过程 和 /或回复响应消息。 所述寻呼响应消息可以是随机接入消息、 TAU消息或者 其他相关或新增的空口消息。 Step S1704: The base station sends a paging message in all of its own serving cells to page the target UE. If the target UE is in an idle state, the base station transmits a paging message in all of its own serving cells to page the target UE. If the target UE performs a paging response, that is, the target UE randomly accesses the base station, the target UE is in the serving cell of the base station. Otherwise, no. After receiving the paging message, the target UE may immediately perform a random access procedure and/or a reply paging response message; or, when the TAU period arrives, perform a random access procedure and/or a reply response message in the TAU procedure. The paging response message may be a random access message, a TAU message, or other related or newly added air interface message.
实施例十五 Example fifteen
本发明实施例以基站为网元为例进行说明。 描述了另一种通过基站发送 寻呼消息来获取目标 UE的服务基站的方法, 如图 18所示, 步骤如下:  The embodiment of the present invention uses a base station as a network element as an example for description. Another method for obtaining a serving base station of a target UE by transmitting a paging message through a base station is described. As shown in FIG. 18, the steps are as follows:
步骤 S 1801: UE1发送 D2D连接建立请求消息给 eNB 1。  Step S 1801: UE1 sends a D2D connection setup request message to the eNB 1.
所述 D2D连接建立请求消息中包含了目标 UE2的标识。  The D2D connection establishment request message includes the identifier of the target UE2.
所述 UE2的标识包括发现 ID、 S-TMSL IMSL GUTL IP地址或者其他 可以标识 UE2的信息。  The identifier of the UE2 includes a discovery ID, an S-TMSL IMSL GUTL IP address, or other information that can identify the UE2.
步骤 S1802: eNBl判断 UE2是否在自己的服务小区, 执行相应的操作。 所述 eNBl根据实例 10描述的方法判断 UE2是否在自己的服务小区。 如果 UE2由 eNBl的小区服务, 就停止寻呼; 否则, eNBl通过 X2接口 给相邻基站发送寻呼消息。  Step S1802: The eNB1 determines whether the UE2 is in its own serving cell, and performs a corresponding operation. The eNB1 determines whether the UE2 is in its own serving cell according to the method described in Embodiment 10. If UE2 is served by the cell of eNB1, the paging is stopped; otherwise, eNB1 sends a paging message to the neighboring base station through the X2 interface.
步骤 S 1803: eNB 1给 eNB2发送 D2D寻呼请求消息。  Step S1803: The eNB 1 sends a D2D paging request message to the eNB2.
所述 D2D寻呼请求消息中包括了源 UE1和目标 UE2的标识。  The D2D paging request message includes identifiers of the source UE1 and the target UE2.
所述标识包括发现 ID、 S-TMSL IMSL GUTL IP地址或者其他可以标 识 UE的信息。  The identification includes a discovery ID, an S-TMSL IMSL GUTL IP address, or other information that can identify the UE.
所述 eNB2发送 D2D寻呼请求消息给 eNB 1 , 可以利用相关的和 /或新增 的 X2接口上的消息。  The eNB2 sends a D2D Paging Request message to the eNB 1 to utilize the associated and/or newly added messages on the X2 interface.
所述相关的 X2接口上的消息包括: 基站配置更新消息、 基站配置更新 确认消息、 基站配置更新失败消息、 切换请求消息、 切换请求确认消息、 切 换准备失败消息、 X2建立请求消息、 X2建立请求响应消息、 重置消息、 负 载信息、 链路失败指示消息、 SN状态传输消息、 UE上下文释放消息、 以及 其他 X2接口上的消息。 所述利用相关的 X2接口上的消息,可以是直接用相关的 X2消息进行寻 呼, 或者复用相关 X2消息的 IE进行寻呼, 或者在相关 X2消息中添加一个 新的 IE进行寻呼。 The message on the related X2 interface includes: a base station configuration update message, a base station configuration update acknowledgement message, a base station configuration update failure message, a handover request message, a handover request acknowledgement message, a handover preparation failure message, an X2 setup request message, and an X2 setup request. Response message, reset message, load information, link failure indication message, SN status transmission message, UE context release message, and other messages on the X2 interface. The message on the related X2 interface may be directly paged with the relevant X2 message, or IE multiplexed with the relevant X2 message, or a new IE may be added to the related X2 message for paging.
步骤 S 1804: eNB2获取 UE2所处的状态, 根据 UE2所处的状态, 执行 相应的操作。  Step S 1804: The eNB2 acquires the state of the UE2, and performs a corresponding operation according to the state of the UE2.
如果 UE2处于连接态 , eNB2判断 UE2是否由 eNB2服务。 如果 UE2由 eNB2服务, 就直接执行步骤 S 1807; 否则不执行任何操作。  If UE2 is in the connected state, eNB2 determines whether UE2 is served by eNB2. If UE2 is served by eNB2, step S1807 is directly performed; otherwise, no operation is performed.
如果 UE2处于空闲态, 执行步骤 S1805。  If UE2 is in the idle state, step S1805 is performed.
eNB2获取 UE2所处的状态的方法包括: eNB2自己保存了 UE2所处的 状态; 或者所述 eNBl 在 D2D寻呼请求消息中将 UE2 所处的状态发送给 eNB2; 或者 eNBl通过相关和 /或新增的 X2接口上的消息将将 UE2所处的状 态发送给 eNB2。  The method for the eNB2 to acquire the state in which the UE2 is located includes: the eNB2 itself saves the state in which the UE2 is located; or the eNB1 sends the state in which the UE2 is located to the eNB2 in the D2D paging request message; or the eNB1 passes the correlation and/or new The message on the X2 interface will send the status of UE2 to eNB2.
所述 X2接口上的消息包括: 基站配置更新消息、 基站配置更新确认消 息、 切换请求消息、 切换确认消息, 以及其他一些 X2接口上的消息。  The message on the X2 interface includes: a base station configuration update message, a base station configuration update acknowledgement message, a handover request message, a handover confirmation message, and other messages on the X2 interface.
eNBl获取所述 UE2所处的状态的方法包括: UE1将 UE2所处的状态通 过空口消息发送给 eNBl。  The method for the eNB1 to acquire the state in which the UE2 is located includes: UE1 sends the state in which the UE2 is located to the eNB1 through an air interface message.
所述空口消息可以是相关的蜂窝通信的空口消息,或者新增的空口消息。 所述相关的蜂窝通信的空口消息包括: 随机接入消息、 RRC连接请求消 息、 RRC连接建立完成消息、 RRC连接重建请求消息、 RRC连接重建完成 消息、 RRC连接重配完成消息、 测量上报消息、 以及其他用于蜂窝通信的空 口消息。  The air interface message may be an air interface message of an associated cellular communication or a newly added air interface message. The air interface message of the related cellular communication includes: a random access message, an RRC connection request message, an RRC connection setup complete message, an RRC connection reestablishment request message, an RRC connection reestablishment complete message, an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message, a measurement report message, And other air interface messages for cellular communications.
所述新增的空口消息包括: D2D连接建立请求消息、 D2D寻呼请求消息、 D2D模式切换请求消息、 以及其他新增的用于 D2D通信或者蜂窝通信的消 息。  The newly added air interface message includes: a D2D connection establishment request message, a D2D page request message, a D2D mode switching request message, and other newly added messages for D2D communication or cellular communication.
所述 UE2所处的状态可以携带在 UE2发送的 beacon信号中发送给 UE1。 步骤 S1805: eNB2在自己的服务小区发送 D2D寻呼请求消息寻呼 UE2。 所述 eNB2在自己的服务小区发送 D2D寻呼请求消息寻呼 UE2, 可以利 用相关的机制和寻呼消息, 或者对相关寻呼机制和寻呼消息的修改, 或者是 新定义的寻呼机制和寻呼消息。 The state in which the UE2 is located may be carried in the beacon signal sent by the UE2 and sent to the UE1. Step S1805: The eNB2 sends a D2D paging request message to the UE2 in its own serving cell. The eNB2 sends a D2D paging request message to the UE2 in its own serving cell, and can use the related mechanism and paging message, or modify the related paging mechanism and paging message, or Newly defined paging mechanism and paging messages.
步骤 S1806: UE2发送 D2D寻呼响应消息给 eNB2。  Step S1806: UE2 sends a D2D paging response message to eNB2.
如果 UE2在 eNB2的服务小区 , UE2进行寻呼响应 , 随机接入到 eNB2, 并发送寻呼响应消息给 eNB2.  If UE2 is in the serving cell of eNB2, UE2 performs a paging response, randomly accesses to eNB2, and sends a paging response message to eNB2.
所述目标 UE收到寻呼消息之后, 可以立即进行随机接入过程和 /或回复 寻呼响应消息; 或者等 TAU周期到达时, 在 TAU流程中进行随机接入过程 和 /或回复寻呼响应消息。 所述寻呼响应消息可以是随机接入消息、 TAU消息 或者其他相关或新增的空口消息。  After receiving the paging message, the target UE may immediately perform a random access procedure and/or a reply paging response message; or, when the TAU period arrives, perform a random access procedure and/or a reply paging response in the TAU procedure. Message. The paging response message may be a random access message, a TAU message or other related or newly added air interface message.
所述 UE2发送给 eNB2的寻呼响应消息, 包括了 UE1标识、 UE2的标识 和 /或 UE2的服务基站标识, 和 /或其他一些必要的信息。  The paging response message sent by the UE2 to the eNB2 includes the UE1 identifier, the identifier of the UE2, and/or the serving base station identifier of the UE2, and/or other necessary information.
所述标识包括发现 ID、 S-TMSL IMSL IP地址或者其他可以标识 UE的 信息。  The identification includes a discovery ID, an S-TMSL IMSL IP address, or other information that can identify the UE.
所述寻呼响应消息可以是复用相关的空口消息, 或者新增的空口消息。 所述相关的空口消息包括: 随机接入消息、 RRC连接请求消息、 RRC连 接建立完成消息、 RRC 连接重建请求消息、 RRC连接重建完成消息、 RRC 连接重配完成消息、 测量上 消息、 TAU消息以及其他的空口消息。  The paging response message may be a multiplex-related air interface message or a newly added air interface message. The related air interface message includes: a random access message, an RRC connection request message, an RRC connection setup complete message, an RRC connection reestablishment request message, an RRC connection reestablishment complete message, an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message, a measurement upper message, a TAU message, and Other air interface messages.
所述复用相关的空口消息,可以是直接用相关的空口消息进行寻呼响应, 或者复用相关空口消息的 IE进行寻呼响应,或者在相关空口消息中添加一个 新的 IE进行寻呼响应。  The multiplexing related air interface message may be that the paging response is directly performed by using the relevant air interface message, or the IE that multiplexes the relevant air interface message performs a paging response, or adds a new IE to the related air interface message to perform the paging response. .
步骤 S1807: eNB2给 eNBl发送 D2D寻呼响应消息。  Step S1807: The eNB2 sends a D2D paging response message to the eNB1.
所述 eNB2发送寻呼响应消息给 eNBl , 可以是转发来自 UE2的寻呼响 应消息, 或者利用相关的和 /或新增的 X2接口上的消息进行寻呼响应。  The eNB2 sends a paging response message to the eNB1, which may be to forward the paging response message from the UE2, or use the related and/or newly added messages on the X2 interface to perform the paging response.
所述相关的 X2接口上的消息包括: 基站配置更新消息、 基站配置更新 确认消息、 基站配置更新失败消息、 切换请求消息、 切换请求确认消息、 切 换准备失败消息、 X2建立请求消息、 X2建立请求响应消息、 重置消息、 负 载信息、 链路失败指示消息、 SN状态传输消息、 UE上下文释放消息、 以及 其他 X2接口上的消息。  The message on the related X2 interface includes: a base station configuration update message, a base station configuration update acknowledgement message, a base station configuration update failure message, a handover request message, a handover request acknowledgement message, a handover preparation failure message, an X2 setup request message, and an X2 setup request. Response message, reset message, load information, link failure indication message, SN status transmission message, UE context release message, and other messages on the X2 interface.
所述利用相关的 X2接口上的消息,可以是直接用相关的 X2消息进行寻 呼响应, 或者复用相关 X2消息的 IE进行寻呼响应, 或者在相关 X2消息中 添加一个新的 IE进行寻呼响应。 The message on the related X2 interface may be directly searched by the related X2 message. The response is responsive, or the IE that multiplexes the relevant X2 message performs a paging response, or a new IE is added to the associated X2 message to perform a paging response.
实施例十六 Example sixteen
本发明实施例以基站为网元为例进行说明。 描述了另一种通过基站发送 寻呼消息来获取目标 UE的服务基站的方法, 如图 19所示, 步骤如下:  The embodiment of the present invention uses a base station as a network element as an example for description. Another method for obtaining a serving base station of a target UE by transmitting a paging message through a base station is described. As shown in FIG. 19, the steps are as follows:
步骤 S1901 : UE2处于空闲态。  Step S1901: UE2 is in an idle state.
步骤 S1902: UE2发送 beacon信号。  Step S1902: UE2 sends a beacon signal.
所述 beacon信号的发送携带了 UE2的标识。  The sending of the beacon signal carries the identity of the UE2.
所述 UE2的标识包括发现 ID、 S-TMSL IMSL GUTL IP地址或者其他 可以标识 UE2的信息。  The identifier of the UE2 includes a discovery ID, an S-TMSL IMSL GUTL IP address, or other information that can identify the UE2.
所述 beacon信号中还可以携带 UE2所处的状态, 包括连接态和空闲态。 所述 beacon信号的发送方式可以是单播、 广播、 多播。  The beacon signal may also carry a state in which the UE2 is located, including a connected state and an idle state. The beacon signal may be sent in a unicast, broadcast, or multicast manner.
步骤 S1903: UE1监听到 UE2的 beacon信号。  Step S1903: UE1 monitors the beacon signal of UE2.
步骤 S1904: UE1发送 beacon响应消息给自己的服务基站 eNBl。  Step S1904: UE1 sends a beacon response message to its own serving base station eNB1.
步骤 S1905~ S1910与实施例十五中的步骤 S1802~S1807相同,在此不再 赘述。  Steps S1905 to S1910 are the same as steps S1802 to S1807 in the fifteenth embodiment, and are not described herein again.
步骤 S 1911: eNB 1转发 beacon响应消息给 eNB2。  Step S 1911: The eNB 1 forwards the beacon response message to the eNB2.
步骤 S1912: eNB2转发 beacon响应消息给 UE2。  Step S1912: The eNB2 forwards the beacon response message to the UE2.
实施例十七 Example seventeen
本发明实施例以基站为网元为例进行说明。 描述了另一种通过基站发送 寻呼消息来获取目标 UE的服务基站的方法, 如图 20所示, 步骤如下:  The embodiment of the present invention uses a base station as a network element as an example for description. Another method for obtaining a serving base station of a target UE by transmitting a paging message through a base station is described. As shown in FIG. 20, the steps are as follows:
步骤 S2001: UE1发送 D2D连接建立请求消息给 eNB 1。  Step S2001: UE1 sends a D2D connection setup request message to the eNB 1.
所述 D2D连接建立请求消息中包含了目标 UE2的标识。  The D2D connection establishment request message includes the identifier of the target UE2.
所述 UE2的标识包括发现 ID、 S-TMSL IMSL IP地址或者其他可以标 识 UE2的信息。 The identifier of the UE2 includes a discovery ID, an S-TMSL IMSL IP address, or other labelable Know the information of UE2.
步骤 S2002: eNBl判断 UE2是否在自己的服务小区, 执行相应的操作。 所述 eNBl根据实例 10描述的方法判断 UE2是否在自己的服务小区。 如果 UE2在自己的服务小区, 就停止寻呼; 否则, 通过 S1接口给 MME 发送寻呼消息。  Step S2002: The eNB1 determines whether the UE2 is in its own serving cell, and performs a corresponding operation. The eNB1 determines whether the UE2 is in its own serving cell according to the method described in Embodiment 10. If UE2 is in its own serving cell, it stops paging; otherwise, it sends a paging message to the MME through the S1 interface.
步骤 S2003: eNB 1给 MME发送 D2D寻呼请求消息。  Step S2003: The eNB 1 sends a D2D paging request message to the MME.
所述 D2D寻呼请求消息中包括了目标 UE2的标识。  The D2D paging request message includes an identifier of the target UE2.
步骤 S2004: MME判断 UE2所处的连接状态, 执行相应的操作。  Step S2004: The MME determines the connection state where the UE2 is located, and performs a corresponding operation.
如果 UE2处于连接态, MME判断 UE2是否在自己的服务区域,如果在, 就直接执行步骤 S2009, 将 UE2的服务基站信息返回给基站。 否则不执行任 何操作。  If the UE2 is in the connected state, the MME determines whether the UE2 is in its own service area. If yes, the MME directly performs step S2009 to return the serving base station information of the UE2 to the base station. Otherwise no action is taken.
如果 UE2处于空闲态, MME就确定寻呼区域, 在寻呼区域发送寻呼消 息。  If UE2 is in the idle state, the MME determines the paging area and sends a paging message in the paging area.
所述寻呼区域的确定包括: 基站的相邻小区、 发现区域所包括的小区。 步骤 S2005: MME在寻呼区域中发送 D2D寻呼请求消息。  The determining of the paging area includes: a neighboring cell of the base station, and a cell included in the discovery area. Step S2005: The MME sends a D2D paging request message in the paging area.
所述 D2D寻呼请求消息中包括了 UE2的标识。  The D2D paging request message includes the identifier of the UE2.
所述 UE2的标识包括发现 ID、 S-TMSL IMSL IP地址或者其他可以标 识 UE2的信息。  The identity of the UE2 includes a discovery ID, an S-TMSL IMSL IP address, or other information that can identify the UE2.
所述 D2D寻呼请求消息可以相关的寻呼消息,或者对相关寻呼消息的修 改, 或者是新定义的消息。  The D2D paging request message may be related to a paging message, or a modification to a related paging message, or a newly defined message.
步骤 S2006: 寻呼区域中的基站在自己的服务小区发送 D2D寻呼请求消 息, 寻呼 UE。  Step S2006: The base station in the paging area sends a D2D paging request message in its own serving cell to page the UE.
所述寻呼区域的基站可以是转发来自 MME的 D2D寻呼请求消息, 也可 以是自己产生寻呼消息寻呼 UE2。  The base station of the paging area may be to forward a D2D paging request message from the MME, or may generate a paging message paging UE2 by itself.
步骤 S2007: UE2接收到 D2D寻呼请求消息之后, 回复 D2D寻呼响应 消息。  Step S2007: After receiving the D2D paging request message, UE2 replies to the D2D paging response message.
UE2接收到 D2D寻呼请求消息之后, 随机接入到 eNB2, 并发送寻呼响 应消息给 eNB2。 After receiving the D2D paging request message, UE2 randomly accesses to eNB2 and sends a paging ring. The message should be given to eNB2.
所述目标 UE2收到寻呼消息之后,可以立即进行随机接入过程和 /或回复 寻呼响应消息; 或者等 TAU周期到达时, 在 TAU流程中进行随机接入过程 和 /或回复寻呼响应消息。 所述寻呼响应消息可以是随机接入消息、 TAU消息 或者其他相关或新增的空口消息。  After receiving the paging message, the target UE2 may immediately perform a random access procedure and/or a reply paging response message; or, when the TAU period arrives, perform a random access procedure and/or a reply paging response in the TAU procedure. Message. The paging response message may be a random access message, a TAU message or other related or newly added air interface message.
所述 UE2发送给 eNB2的寻呼响应消息, 包括了 UE1的标识、 UE2的标 识, 和 /或其他一些必要的信息。  The paging response message sent by the UE2 to the eNB2 includes the identifier of the UE1, the identifier of the UE2, and/or other necessary information.
所述 UE的标识包括发现 ID、 S-TMSL IMSL IP地址或者其他可以标识 The identifier of the UE includes a discovery ID, an S-TMSL IMSL IP address, or other identifiers that can be identified.
UE的信息。 UE information.
所述寻呼响应消息可以是复用相关的空口消息, 或者新增的空口消息。 所述相关的空口消息包括: 随机接入消息、 RRC连接请求消息、 RRC连 接建立完成消息、 RRC 连接重建请求消息、 RRC连接重建完成消息、 RRC 连接重配完成消息、 测量上 消息、 TAU消息以及其他的空口消息。  The paging response message may be a multiplex-related air interface message or a newly added air interface message. The related air interface message includes: a random access message, an RRC connection request message, an RRC connection setup complete message, an RRC connection reestablishment request message, an RRC connection reestablishment complete message, an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message, a measurement upper message, a TAU message, and Other air interface messages.
所述复用相关的空口消息,可以是直接用相关的空口消息进行寻呼响应, 或者复用相关空口消息的 IE进行寻呼响应,或者在相关空口消息中添加一个 新的 IE进行寻呼响应。  The multiplexing related air interface message may be that the paging response is directly performed by using the relevant air interface message, or the IE that multiplexes the relevant air interface message performs a paging response, or adds a new IE to the related air interface message to perform the paging response. .
步骤 S2008: UE2的服务基站 eNB2发送 D2D寻呼响应消息给 MME。 所述 eNB2发送的 D2D寻呼响应消息, 包含了 UE1的标识、 UE2的标识 以。  Step S2008: The serving base station eNB2 of UE2 sends a D2D paging response message to the MME. The D2D paging response message sent by the eNB2 includes the identifier of the UE1 and the identifier of the UE2.
所述 UE的标识包括发现 ID、 S-TMSI、 IMSI、 IP地址或者其他可以标识 The identifier of the UE includes a discovery ID, an S-TMSI, an IMSI, an IP address, or other identifiers that can be identified.
UE的信息。 UE information.
所述 eNB2发送的 D2D寻呼响应消息, 可以是转发来自 UE2的 D2D寻 呼响应消息, 也可以是利用相关的和 /或新增的 S1接口上的消息进行寻呼响 应。  The D2D paging response message sent by the eNB2 may be a D2D paging response message sent from the UE2, or may be a paging response by using a related and/or newly added message on the S1 interface.
所述相关的 S1接口上的消息包括: 切换要求消息、 切换请求确认消息、 切换通知消息、 路径转换请求消息、 切换失败消息、 切换取消消息、 承载建 立响应消息、 承载修改响应消息、 承载释放响应消息、 承载释放指示消息、 初始上下文建立响应消息、 重置确认消息、 S1建立请求消息、 UE上下文修 改请求消息、 基站配置更新消息、 基站状态传输消息、 基站直接信息传输消 息、 基站配置传输消息、 位置报告消息、 初始 UE消息、 UE上下文释放请求 消息、 UE上下文修改响应消息、 以及其他 S1接口上的消息。 The message on the related S1 interface includes: a handover request message, a handover request acknowledgement message, a handover notification message, a path switch request message, a handover failure message, a handover cancellation message, a bearer setup response message, a bearer modification response message, and a bearer release response. Message, bearer release indication message, initial context setup response message, reset acknowledgement message, S1 setup request message, UE context repair Change request message, base station configuration update message, base station status transmission message, base station direct information transmission message, base station configuration transmission message, location report message, initial UE message, UE context release request message, UE context modification response message, and other S1 interfaces Message.
所述利用相关的 S1接口上的消息,可以是直接用相关的空口消息进行寻 呼响应, 或者复用相关 S1接口消息的 IE进行寻呼响应, 或者在相关 S1接口 消息中添加一个新的 IE进行寻呼响应。  The message on the related S1 interface may be a paging response directly with the relevant air interface message, or an IE that multiplexes the related S1 interface message to perform a paging response, or add a new IE in the related S1 interface message. Make a page response.
步骤 S2009: MME发送 D2D寻呼响应消息给 eNBl。  Step S2009: The MME sends a D2D paging response message to the eNB1.
所述 MME发送的 D2D寻呼响应消息, 包含了 UE1的标识、 UE2的标 识以及 UE2的服务基站 eNB2的信息。  The D2D paging response message sent by the MME includes the identifier of the UE1, the identifier of the UE2, and the information of the serving base station eNB2 of the UE2.
所述 UE的标识包括发现 ID、 S-TMSI、 IMSI、 IP地址或者其他可以标识 The identifier of the UE includes a discovery ID, an S-TMSI, an IMSI, an IP address, or other identifiers that can be identified.
UE的信息。 UE information.
所述 MME发送的 D2D寻呼响应消息,可以是转发来自 eNB2的 D2D寻 呼响应消息, 也可以是利用相关的和 /或新增的 S1接口上的消息进行寻呼响 应。  The D2D paging response message sent by the MME may be a D2D paging response message sent from the eNB2, or may be a paging response by using a related and/or newly added message on the S1 interface.
所述相关的 S1接口上的消息包括: 切换命令消息、 切换请求消息、 路径 转换请求确认消息、 切换取消确认消息、 承载建立请求消息、 承载修改请求 消息、 承载释放命令消息、 初始上下文建立请求消息、 重置消息、 S1建立响 应消息、 UE上下文爹改请求消息、 UE上下文释放命令、 MME配置更新消 息、基站状态传输消息、 MME状态传输消息、 MME直接信息传输消息、 MME 配置传输消息、 以及其他 S1接口上的消息。  The message on the related S1 interface includes: a handover command message, a handover request message, a path conversion request acknowledgement message, a handover cancellation acknowledgement message, a bearer setup request message, a bearer modification request message, a bearer release command message, and an initial context setup request message. , a reset message, an S1 setup response message, a UE context tampering request message, a UE context release command, an MME configuration update message, a base station status transmission message, an MME status transmission message, an MME direct information transmission message, an MME configuration transmission message, and others Message on the S1 interface.
所述利用相关的 S1接口上的消息, 可以是直接用相关的 S1接口消息进 行寻呼响应, 或者复用相关 S1接口消息的 IE进行寻呼响应, 或者在相关 S1 接口消息中添加一个新的 IE进行寻呼响应。  The message on the related S1 interface may be a paging response directly with the related S1 interface message, or an IE that multiplexes the related S1 interface message, or a new one is added to the related S1 interface message. The IE performs a paging response.
实施例十八 Example 18
本发明实施例以基站为网元为例进行说明。 描述了另一种通过基站发送 寻呼消息来获取目标 UE的服务基站的方法, 如图 21所示, 步骤如下:  The embodiment of the present invention uses a base station as a network element as an example for description. Another method for obtaining a serving base station of a target UE by transmitting a paging message through a base station is described. As shown in FIG. 21, the steps are as follows:
步骤 S2101 : UE2处于空闲态。 步骤 S2102: UE2发送 beacon信号。 Step S2101: UE2 is in an idle state. Step S2102: UE2 sends a beacon signal.
所述 beacon信号的发送携带了 UE2的标识。  The sending of the beacon signal carries the identity of the UE2.
所述 UE2的标识包括发现 ID、 S-TMSL IMSL GUTL IP地址或者其他 可以标识 UE2的信息。  The identifier of the UE2 includes a discovery ID, an S-TMSL IMSL GUTL IP address, or other information that can identify the UE2.
所述 beacon信号中还可以携带 UE2所处的状态, 包括连接态和空闲态。 所述 beacon信号的发送方式可以是单播、 广播、 多播。  The beacon signal may also carry a state in which the UE2 is located, including a connected state and an idle state. The beacon signal may be sent in a unicast, broadcast, or multicast manner.
步骤 S2103: UE1监听到 UE2的 beacon信号。  Step S2103: UE1 monitors the beacon signal of UE2.
步骤 S2104: UE1发送 beacon响应消息给自己的服务基站 eNBl。  Step S2104: UE1 sends a beacon response message to its own serving base station eNB1.
步骤 S2105~ S2112与实施例十七中的步骤 S2002~S2007相同,在此不再 赘述。  Steps S2105 to S2112 are the same as steps S2002 to S2007 in the seventeenth embodiment, and are not described herein again.
步骤 S2113: eNBl转发 beacon响应消息给 eNB2。  Step S2113: The eNB1 forwards the beacon response message to the eNB2.
所述 eNB 1转发 beacon响应消息给 eNB2 , 可以通过 X2接口转发, 也可 以通过 S1接口由 MME转发。  The eNB 1 forwards the beacon response message to the eNB2, which may be forwarded through the X2 interface, or may be forwarded by the MME through the S1 interface.
步骤 S2114: eNB2转发 beacon响应消息给 UE2。  Step S2114: The eNB2 forwards the beacon response message to the UE2.
本发明的实施例十七至实施例十九描述了网元从 D2D 注册服务器直接 查询 UE的服务基站的方法, 下面对各实施例分别进行详细说明。 Embodiments 17 to 19 of the present invention describe a method for a network element to directly query a serving base station of a UE from a D2D registration server, and each embodiment will be described in detail below.
实施例十九 Example 19
本发明实施例以基站为网元为例进行说明。描述了基站从 D2D注册服务 器直接查询目标 UE的服务基站的方法, 如图 22所示, 步骤如下:  The embodiment of the present invention uses a base station as a network element as an example for description. A method for a base station to directly query a serving base station of a target UE from a D2D registration server is described. As shown in FIG. 22, the steps are as follows:
步骤 S2201: 目标 UE在 D2D注册服务器上注册。  Step S2201: The target UE is registered on the D2D registration server.
所述 D2D注册服务器可以部署在接入网, 也可以部署在核心网, 可以跟 基站在同一个网元, 也可以跟 MME在同一个网元, 或者是作为一个单独的 网元。  The D2D registration server may be deployed on the access network, or may be deployed on the core network, and may be in the same network element as the base station, or in the same network element as the MME, or as a separate network element.
所述 UE在 D2D注册服务器上注册, 可以是在 UE在开机的时候、 UE 开启 D2D功能的时候,或者 UE移动到新的 D2D注册区域的时候,发送 D2D 注册请求消息给 D2D注册服务器。 The UE is registered on the D2D registration server, and may be at the time when the UE is powered on, the UE When the D2D function is enabled, or when the UE moves to the new D2D registration area, a D2D registration request message is sent to the D2D registration server.
所述 D2D 注册请求消息中可以包含: UE 的发现 ID、 UE 的其他 ID ( S-TMSI或者 IMSI或者 GUTI或者 IP地址等) 、 UE的服务基站标识、 UE 所在的小区标识、 以及其他一些必要的信息。  The D2D registration request message may include: a discovery ID of the UE, another ID of the UE (S-TMSI or IMSI or GUTI or IP address, etc.), a serving base station identifier of the UE, a cell identifier where the UE is located, and other necessary information.
步骤 S2202: D2D注册服务器保存目标 UE的服务基站信息。  Step S2202: The D2D registration server saves the serving base station information of the target UE.
所述 D2D注册服务器保存目标 UE的服务基站信息, 可以是保存了目标 The D2D registration server saves the service base station information of the target UE, and may save the target.
UE与其服务基站的信息的映射关系, 可以作为目标 UE的上下文保存, 也可 以作为其他信息保存。 步骤 S2203: 基站从 D2D注册服务器上查询目标 UE的服务基站标识。 所述基站从 D2D注册服务器上查询目标 UE的服务基站标识, 可以是专 门发送服务基站查询消息, 或者是在其他消息中携带服务基站查询信息。 The mapping relationship between the UE and the information of the serving base station may be saved as the context of the target UE or may be saved as other information. Step S2203: The base station queries the D2D registration server for the serving base station identifier of the target UE. The base station queries the serving base station identifier of the target UE from the D2D registration server, and may specifically send the serving base station to query the message, or carry the serving base station query information in other messages.
所述基站发送的服务基站查询消息中携带了要查询的目标 UE的标识。 所述目标 UE的标识可以是发现 ID、 S-TMSI、 IMSL GUTL IP地址或者其 他可以标识目标 UE的信息。  The serving base station query message sent by the base station carries the identifier of the target UE to be queried. The identity of the target UE may be a discovery ID, an S-TMSI, an IMSL GUTL IP address, or other information that may identify the target UE.
所述基站发送的服务基站查询消息中还可能携带目标 UE所处的状态, 以及其他一些必要的信息。 所述目标 UE所处的状态包括: 空闲和连接态。  The serving base station query message sent by the base station may also carry the status of the target UE, and other necessary information. The states in which the target UE is located include: idle and connected states.
实施例二十 Example twenty
本发明实施例以基站为网元为例进行说明。 描述了实施例十七中的一个 特定实施方案, 如图 23所示, 步骤如下:  The embodiment of the present invention uses a base station as a network element as an example for description. A specific embodiment of the seventeenth embodiment is described, as shown in Figure 23, the steps are as follows:
步骤 S2301 : UE1发起到 UE2的 D2D连接建立请求消息,发送给 eNBl。 所述 UE1发起到 UE2的 D2D连接建立请求消息是在 UE1想与 UE2建立 D2D通信的时候。  Step S2301: The UE1 initiates a D2D connection setup request message to the UE2, and sends the message to the eNB1. The UE1 initiates a D2D connection setup request message to UE2 when UE1 wants to establish D2D communication with UE2.
所述 D2D连接建立请求消息中携带了 UE2的标识。  The D2D connection establishment request message carries the identifier of the UE2.
所述 UE2的标识可以是发现 ID、 S-TMSI、 IMSL GUTL IP地址或者其 他可以标识 UE2的信息。 步骤 S2302: eNBl判断自己是否保存有 UE2的服务基站信息。 The identifier of the UE2 may be a discovery ID, an S-TMSI, an IMSL GUTL IP address, or other information that can identify the UE 2. Step S2302: The eNB1 determines whether it has stored the serving base station information of the UE2.
eNBl检查自己是否保存有 UE2的服务基站信息, 如果保存有 UE2的服 务基站信息, 就直接执行步骤 S2306; 否则, 执行步骤 S2303。  The eNB1 checks whether it has the serving base station information of the UE2. If the service base station information of the UE2 is stored, the process proceeds to step S2306; otherwise, the process proceeds to step S2303.
步骤 S2303: eNBl给 D2D注册服务器(DRS )发送服务基站查询消息。 如果 eNBl上没有保存 UE2的服务基站信息, eNBl就发送服务基站查 询消息给 DRS, 所述基站查询消息中包含了 UE2的标识。  Step S2303: The eNB1 sends a serving base station query message to the D2D registration server (DRS). If the eNB1 does not store the serving base station information of the UE2, the eNB1 sends a serving base station query message to the DRS, where the base station query message includes the identifier of the UE2.
所述 UE2的标识可以是发现 ID、 S-TMSL IMSL GUTL IP地址或者其 他可以标识 UE2的信息。  The identity of the UE2 may be a discovery ID, an S-TMSL IMSL GUTL IP address, or other information that may identify the UE2.
所述基站发送的服务基站查询消息中还可能携带 UE2所处的状态, 以及 其他一些必要的信息。 所述目标 UE所处的状态包括: 空闲和连接态。  The serving base station query message sent by the base station may also carry the state in which the UE2 is located, and other necessary information. The states in which the target UE is located include: idle and connected states.
所述查询请求消息中具有一用于指示查询目标 UE 的服务基站标识的 UE, 相应的:  The query request message has a UE for indicating the identity of the serving base station of the query target UE, and corresponding:
可以复用相关的消息来查询 UE的服务基站标识, 或者在相关消息中添 加一个 IE, 指示查询 UE的服务基站标识; 或者定义一个新增的消息, 专门 用来查询 UE的服务基站标识; 或者在新增的用于其它目的消息中添加一个 IE, 指示查询 UE的服务基站标识。  The related information may be multiplexed to query the serving base station identifier of the UE, or an IE is added to the related message to indicate the serving base station identifier of the UE, or a new message is defined, which is used to query the serving base station identifier of the UE; or Adding an IE to the newly added message for other purposes indicates that the serving base station identifier of the UE is queried.
所述 D2D注册服务器用来管理 D2D UE的注册流程,保存了 D2D UE的 服务基站信息以及其他信息, 可以是一个独立的网元, 或者跟基站或 MME 或网络管理系统或其他节点在同一个网元。  The D2D registration server is used to manage the registration process of the D2D UE, and saves the serving base station information and other information of the D2D UE, which may be an independent network element, or in the same network as the base station or the MME or the network management system or other nodes. yuan.
步骤 S2304: DRS判断自己是否保存了 UE2的服务基站信息。  Step S2304: The DRS determines whether it saves the serving base station information of UE2.
如果保存了 UE2的服务基站信息, DRS给基站发送服务基站查询响应消 息;  If the serving base station information of UE2 is saved, the DRS sends a serving base station query response message to the base station;
否则, DRS给基站发送服务基站查询失败消息; 或者发起寻呼流程, 寻 呼目标 UE; 或者触发 MME和 /或基站发起寻呼流程, 寻呼目标 UE; 或者不 执行任何操作。  Otherwise, the DRS sends a serving base station query failure message to the base station; or initiates a paging procedure to locate the target UE; or triggers the MME and/or the base station to initiate a paging procedure to page the target UE; or does not perform any operation.
所述 DRS发起寻呼流程可以是相关的寻呼流程,或者是对相关寻呼流程 的修改, 或者是新定义的寻呼流程。 所述 MME和 /或基站发起寻呼流程, 寻呼目标 UE, 可以使用实施例二 中的方法。 The DRS initiated paging procedure may be an associated paging procedure, or a modification to a related paging procedure, or a newly defined paging procedure. The MME and/or the base station initiates a paging procedure, and the paging target UE can use the method in the second embodiment.
步骤 S2305: DRS给 eNBl回复服务基站查询响应消息。  Step S2305: The DRS replies to the eNB1 with a serving base station query response message.
所述查询响应消息包含一用于指示目标 UE的服务基站标识的 IE, 相应 的:  The query response message includes an IE for indicating a serving base station identifier of the target UE, corresponding to:
可以复用相关的消息来指示目标 UE的服务基站标识, 或者在相关消息 中添加一个 IE, 指示目标 UE的服务基站标识; 或者定义一个新增的消息, 专门用来指示目标 UE的服务基站标识; 或者在新增的用于其它目的消息中 添加一个 IE, 指示目标 UE的服务基站标识。  The related message may be multiplexed to indicate the serving base station identifier of the target UE, or an IE may be added to the related message to indicate the serving base station identifier of the target UE; or a new message may be defined, specifically used to indicate the serving base station identifier of the target UE. Or add an IE to the newly added message for other purposes, indicating the serving base station identity of the target UE.
步骤 S2306: eNB 1转发 D2D连接建立请求消息给 eNB2。  Step S2306: The eNB 1 forwards the D2D connection establishment request message to the eNB2.
eNBl接收到 DRS回复的 UE2的服务基站信息为 eNB2之后, eNBl就 转发 D2D连接建立请求消息给 eNB2。  After the eNB1 receives the serving base station information of the UE2 of the DRS reply as the eNB2, the eNB1 forwards the D2D connection establishment request message to the eNB2.
步骤 S2307: eNB2转发 D2D连接建立请求消息给 UE2.  Step S2307: The eNB2 forwards the D2D connection establishment request message to the UE2.
所述 eNB2转发 D2D连接建立请求消息给 UE2之前, 要判断 UE2是否 处于连接态。 如果 UE2处于连接态, 就直接把 D2D连接建立请求消息转发 给 UE2; 如果 UE2处于空闲态, eNB2要先寻呼 UE2, UE2随机接入 eNB2 之后, eNB2才转发 D2D连接建立请求消息给 UE2。  Before the eNB2 forwards the D2D connection setup request message to the UE2, it is determined whether the UE2 is in the connected state. If the UE2 is in the connected state, the D2D connection establishment request message is directly forwarded to the UE2; if the UE2 is in the idle state, the eNB2 first pages the UE2, and after the UE2 randomly accesses the eNB2, the eNB2 forwards the D2D connection establishment request message to the UE2.
所述寻呼流程可以是相关寻呼流程, 也可以是相关寻呼流程的修改, 或 者是新定义的 D2D寻呼流程。  The paging procedure may be a related paging procedure, a modification of a related paging procedure, or a newly defined D2D paging procedure.
所述 eNB2寻呼目标 UE2, 还包括:  The eNB2 paging the target UE2, further includes:
所述相邻基站发送寻呼消息给目标 UE,如果目标 UE在所述相邻基站的 月良务小区, 所述目标 UE收到寻呼消息之后, 可以立即进行随机接入过程和 / 或回复寻呼响应消息; 或者等 TAU周期到达时, 在 TAU流程中进行随机接 入过程和 /或回复响应消息。 所述寻呼响应消息可以是随机接入消息、 TAU消 息或者其他相关或新增的空口消息。  The neighboring base station sends a paging message to the target UE. If the target UE is in the monthly service cell of the neighboring base station, the target UE may immediately perform a random access procedure and/or reply after receiving the paging message. Paging response message; or when the TAU period arrives, a random access procedure and/or a reply response message is performed in the TAU procedure. The paging response message may be a random access message, a TAU message, or other related or newly added air interface message.
步骤 S2308: 执行其余的操作流程。  Step S2308: Execute the remaining operation flow.
所述其余的操作流程包括: UE2回复 D2D连接建立成功消息给 eNB2、 eNB2转发 D2D连接建立成功消息给 eNBl、 eNBl转发 D2D连接建立成功消 息给 UE1、 UE1与 UE2进行 D2D通信; 或者 UE2回复 D2D连接建立失败消 息给 eNB2、 eNB2转发 D2D连接建立失败消息给 eNBl、 eNBl转发 D2D连 接建立失败消息给 UE1 ; 或者其他的一些可能的操作。 The remaining operation process includes: UE2 replies to the D2D connection establishment success message to the eNB2, and the eNB2 forwards the D2D connection establishment success message to the eNB1, and the eNB1 forwards the D2D connection establishment success. UE1, UE1 and UE2 perform D2D communication; or UE2 replies to the D2D connection establishment failure message to eNB2, eNB2 forwards the D2D connection establishment failure message to eNB1, eNB1 forwards the D2D connection establishment failure message to UE1; or some other possible operations.
实施例二十一 Embodiment 21
本发明实施例以基站为网元为例进行说明。 描述了实施例十七中的一个 特定实施方案, 如图 24所示, 步骤如下:  The embodiment of the present invention uses a base station as a network element as an example for description. A specific embodiment of the seventeenth embodiment is described. As shown in Fig. 24, the steps are as follows:
步骤 S2401〜步骤 S2404与实施例二十中的步骤 S2301〜步骤 S2304相同 , 在此不再重复。  Steps S2401 to S2404 are the same as steps S2301 to S2304 in the embodiment 20, and are not repeated here.
步骤 S2405: DRS给 eNBl 回复服务基站查询失败消息。 该步骤是可选 操作, 如果 DRS没有保存 UE2的服务基站信息, 也可以不执行任何操作。  Step S2405: The DRS returns the serving base station query failure message to the eNB1. This step is optional. If the DRS does not save the serving base station information of UE2, no operation can be performed.
所述查询失败消息可以复用相关的消息来指示查询目标 UE的服务基站 标识失败, 或者在相关消息中添加一个 IE, 指示查询目标 UE的服务基站标 识失败; 或者定义一个新增的消息, 专门用来指示查询目标 UE的服务基站 标识失败;或者在新增的用于其它目的消息中添加一个 IE,指示查询目标 UE 的服务基站标识失败。  The query failure message may multiplex the related message to indicate that the serving base station identifier of the query target UE fails, or add an IE in the related message, indicating that the serving base station identifier of the query target UE fails; or define a new message, specifically The service base station identifier used to query the target UE fails; or an IE is added to the newly added other destination message, indicating that the serving base station identifier of the query target UE fails.
步骤 S2406: eNBl发送 D2D连接建立失败消息给 UE1。  Step S2406: The eNB1 sends a D2D connection establishment failure message to the UE1.
所述 D2D连接建立失败消息中包含了 UE2的标识,指示 UE1与 UE2的 D2D连接建立失败。  The D2D connection establishment failure message includes the identifier of the UE2, indicating that the D2D connection establishment of the UE1 and the UE2 fails.
所述 UE2的标识可以是发现 ID、 S-TMSL IMSL GUTL IP地址或者其 他可以标识 UE2的信息。  The identity of the UE2 may be a discovery ID, an S-TMSL IMSL GUTL IP address, or other information that may identify the UE2.
实施例二十二 Example twenty two
本发明实施例提供了一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的系统, 可与本发 明的实施例一至实施例九所提供的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法相结 合, 获取目标 UE服务基站标识。 该系统包括: 网元和目标 UE;  An embodiment of the present invention provides a system for acquiring user equipment serving base station information, which may be combined with the method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information provided by Embodiments 1 to 9 of the present invention to obtain a target UE serving base station identifier. The system includes: a network element and a target UE;
所述网元, 用于根据指示信息获取所述目标 UE的服务基站标识; 所述网元为以下任一设备: The network element is configured to acquire, according to the indication information, a serving base station identifier of the target UE; The network element is any of the following devices:
UE, 基站, MME, DRS, 网络管理系统。  UE, base station, MME, DRS, network management system.
可选的,在所述网元为源 UE时,所述网元设置成接收所述目标 UE发送 的发现信号或者发现信号响应消息, 从所述发现信号或者发现信号响应消息 中解析出发现信号或者发现信号响应消息携带的信息, 再根据该信息, 获取 所述目标 UE的服务基站标识。  Optionally, when the network element is a source UE, the network element is configured to receive a discovery signal or a discovery signal response message sent by the target UE, and parse the discovery signal from the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message. Or, the information carried in the signal response message is found, and the service base station identifier of the target UE is obtained according to the information.
可选的, 所述网元设置成根据所述目标 UE的发现区域 ID获取对端 UE 的服务基站标识;  Optionally, the network element is configured to acquire a serving base station identifier of the opposite UE according to the discovery area ID of the target UE;
所述发现区域 ID携带于以下任一消息中:  The discovery area ID is carried in any of the following messages:
发现信号, 发现信号响应消息, D2D连接建立请求消息, 寻呼消息。 可选的, 所述网元设置成根据所述目标 UE的发现 ID获取所述目标 UE 的服务基站标识;  Discovery signal, discovery signal response message, D2D connection establishment request message, paging message. Optionally, the network element is configured to acquire a serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the discovery ID of the target UE;
所述发现 ID携带于以下任一消息中:  The discovery ID is carried in any of the following messages:
发现信号, 发现信号响应消息, D2D连接建立请求消息, 寻呼消息。  Discovery signal, discovery signal response message, D2D connection establishment request message, paging message.
实施例二十三 Example twenty-three
本发明实施例提供了一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的系统, 可与本发 明的实施例十至实施例十六所提供的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法相结 合, 获取目标 UE服务基站标识。 该系统包括: 网元和目标 UE;  The embodiment of the present invention provides a system for acquiring user equipment serving base station information, which can be combined with the method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information provided by Embodiments 10 to 16 of the present invention to obtain a target UE serving base station identifier. . The system includes: a network element and a target UE;
所述网元设置成通过发送寻呼消息来获取所述目标 UE的服务基站标识; 所述网元为以下任一设备:  The network element is configured to obtain a serving base station identifier of the target UE by sending a paging message; the network element is any one of the following devices:
UE, 基站 MME, DRS„  UE, base station MME, DRS
可选的, 在所述网元为基站时, 所述网元设置成在发现信号中携带寻呼 消息发送给对端网元, 所述寻呼消息中包含了目标 UE的标识, 所述对端网 元为以下任一设备:  Optionally, when the network element is a base station, the network element is configured to send a paging message to the peer network element in the discovery signal, where the paging message includes an identifier of the target UE, where the pair The end network element is any of the following devices:
目标 UE、 基站、 MME、 D2D注册服务基站、 网络管理系统,  Target UE, base station, MME, D2D registration service base station, network management system,
所述目标 UE的标识包括 S-TMSI、 IMSL GUTL 发现 ID, IP地址, 接收对端网元发送的寻呼响应消息,所述寻呼响应消息中携带了目标 UE 的服务基站标识。 The identifier of the target UE includes an S-TMSI, an IMSL GUTL discovery ID, and an IP address. Receiving a paging response message sent by the peer network element, where the paging response message carries the serving base station identifier of the target UE.
可选的, 所述目标 UE设置成在监听到所述网元发送的发现信号中携带 寻呼消息, 判断所述寻呼消息是否是寻呼该目标 UE,  Optionally, the target UE is configured to carry a paging message in the discovery signal sent by the network element, and determine whether the paging message is to page the target UE,
在判定所述网元呼叫所述目标 UE时, 向所述源 UE回复寻呼响应消息, 在所述寻呼响应消息中携带自己的服务基站标识;  When the network element is determined to call the target UE, the page response message is sent to the source UE, and the paging response message carries its own serving base station identifier;
在判定所述网元并非呼叫所述目标 UE时, 忽略所述寻呼消息。  The paging message is ignored when it is determined that the network element is not calling the target UE.
可选的, 该系统还包括相邻基站;  Optionally, the system further includes a neighboring base station;
在所述网元为基站时, 所述网元设置成在 X2接口上发送寻呼消息给相 邻基站, 寻呼目标 UE, 所述相邻基站包括与所述基站有 X2接口的所有基站 或者与所述基站在同一个发现区域且有 X2接口的基站, 所述寻呼消息包含 了目标 UE的标识, 所述目标 UE的标识包括以下任一或任意多个信息: When the network element is a base station, the network element is configured to send a paging message to a neighboring base station, and a paging target UE, on the X2 interface, where the neighboring base station includes all base stations that have an X2 interface with the base station or The base station in the same discovery area as the base station and having an X2 interface, the paging message includes an identifier of the target UE, and the identifier of the target UE includes any one or any of the following information:
S-TMSL IMSL GUTL 发现 ID、 IP地址, S-TMSL IMSL GUTL discovery ID, IP address,
接收所述相邻基站返回的寻呼响应消息, 所述寻呼响应消息中携带了目 标 UE的服务基站标识。  Receiving a paging response message returned by the neighboring base station, where the paging response message carries a serving base station identifier of the target UE.
可选的, 所述相邻基站设置成在接收到所述寻呼消息之后, 获取所述目 标 UE所处的状态, 根据所述目标 UE所处的状态执行寻呼操作, 所述目标 UE所处的状态包括连接态和空闲态; 或,  Optionally, the neighboring base station is configured to acquire, after receiving the paging message, a state in which the target UE is located, and perform a paging operation according to a state in which the target UE is located, where the target UE is configured. The state at the location includes the connected state and the idle state; or,
在接收到所述寻呼消息之后, 直接执行寻呼操作。  After receiving the paging message, the paging operation is directly performed.
可选的, 所述网元还设置成在在 X2接口上发送寻呼消息给相邻基站之 前, 为所述基站通过空口消息从其服务的 UE那里获取, 所述空口消息包括 蜂窝通信的空口消息, 所述蜂窝通信的空口消息包括: 随机接入消息、 RRC 连接请求消息、 RRC连接建立完成消息、 RRC连接重建请求消息、 RRC连 接重建完成消息、 RRC连接重配完成消息。  Optionally, the network element is further configured to obtain, by the base station, an air interface message from the UE that it serves, before sending the paging message to the neighboring base station on the X2 interface, where the air interface message includes an air interface of the cellular communication. The air interface message of the cellular communication includes: a random access message, an RRC connection request message, an RRC connection setup complete message, an RRC connection reestablishment request message, an RRC connection reestablishment complete message, and an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message.
可选的, 所述目标 UE设置成当目标 UE在所述相邻基站的服务小区时, 在接收到所述相邻基站发送的寻呼消息之后, 立即进行随机接入过程和 /或回 复寻呼响应消息; 或,  Optionally, the target UE is configured to perform a random access procedure and/or a reply immediately after receiving the paging message sent by the neighboring base station, when the target UE is in the serving cell of the neighboring base station. Call response message; or,
当目标 UE在所述相邻基站的服务小区时,等 TAU周期到达时,在 TAU 流程中进行随机接入过程和 /或回复响应消息; When the target UE is in the serving cell of the neighboring base station, when the TAU period arrives, at the TAU Performing a random access procedure and/or a reply response message in the process;
所述寻呼响应消息为随机接入消息或 TAU消息或空口消息。  The paging response message is a random access message or a TAU message or an air interface message.
可选的, 该系统还包括 MME;  Optionally, the system further includes an MME;
所述网元设置成在 S1接口上发送寻呼消息给 MME, 寻呼所述目标 UE, 所述寻呼消息包含了所述目标 UE的标识,所述目标 UE的标识包括 S-TMSI、 IMSL GUTL 发现 ID、 IP地址。  The network element is configured to send a paging message to the MME on the S1 interface, and to page the target UE, where the paging message includes an identifier of the target UE, where the identifier of the target UE includes S-TMSI, IMSL GUTL discovers the ID and IP address.
实施例二十四 Example twenty four
本发明实施例提供了一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的系统, 可与本发 明的实施例十七至实施例十九所提供的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法相 结合, 获取目标 UE服务基站标识。 该系统包括网元、 D2D注册服务器和目 标 UE;  The embodiment of the present invention provides a system for acquiring user equipment serving base station information, which can be combined with the method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information provided by Embodiment 17 to Embodiment 19 of the present invention to acquire a target UE serving base station. Logo. The system includes a network element, a D2D registration server, and a target UE;
所述网元设置成通过发送查询请求消息给 D2D注册服务器,来获取目标 UE的服务基站标识;  The network element is configured to obtain a serving base station identifier of the target UE by sending a query request message to the D2D registration server.
所述网元为以下任一设备:  The network element is any of the following devices:
UE、 基站、 MMEo  UE, base station, MMEo
可选的, 所述 D2D注册服务器设置成判断是否保存有所述目标 UE的服 务基站信息;  Optionally, the D2D registration server is configured to determine whether the service base station information of the target UE is saved;
在判断结果为保存有所述目标 UE的服务基站信息时, 所述 D2D注册服 务器发送查询响应消息给所述网元;  When the result of the determination is that the serving base station information of the target UE is saved, the D2D registration server sends a query response message to the network element;
在判断结果为没有保存所述目标 UE的服务基站信息时, 所述 D2D注册 服务器发送查询失败消息给所述网元, 或不执行操作, 或触发寻呼流程。  When the result of the determination is that the serving base station information of the target UE is not saved, the D2D registration server sends a query failure message to the network element, or does not perform an operation, or triggers a paging procedure.
本发明的实施例提供了一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法和系统, 由网元根据指示信息获取目标 UE的服务基站标识, 或由网元通过发送寻呼 消息来获取目标 UE的服务基站标识,或由网元通过发送查询请求消息给 D2D 注册服务器来获取目标 UE的服务基站标识, 实现了由网元直接高效获取目 标 UE的服务基站标识,解决了相关的获取 UE位置的方法造成信令路径较长、 网络开销过大、 负载较重、 延时较大的问题。 An embodiment of the present invention provides a method and system for acquiring user equipment serving base station information, where a network element acquires a serving base station identifier of a target UE according to the indication information, or the network element obtains a serving base station of the target UE by sending a paging message. Identifying, or sending, by the network element, a query request message to the D2D registration server to obtain the service base station identifier of the target UE, thereby achieving efficient and direct acquisition by the network element. The serving base station identifier of the UE solves the problem that the related method for acquiring the location of the UE causes a long signaling path, a large network overhead, a heavy load, and a large delay.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解上述实施例的全部或部分步骤可以使用计 算机程序流程来实现,所述计算机程序可以存储于一计算机可读存储介质中, 所述计算机程序在相应的硬件平台上(如系统、 设备、 装置、 器件等)执行, 在执行时, 包括方法实施例的步骤之一或其组合。  It will be understood by those of ordinary skill in the art that all or part of the steps of the above embodiments may be implemented using a computer program flow, which may be stored in a computer readable storage medium, such as on a corresponding hardware platform (eg, The system, device, device, device, etc. are executed, and when executed, include one or a combination of the steps of the method embodiments.
可选地, 上述实施例的全部或部分步骤也可以使用集成电路来实现, 这 些步骤可以被分别制作成一个个集成电路模块, 或者将它们中的多个模块或 步骤制作成单个集成电路模块来实现。 这样, 本发明不限制于任何特定的硬 件和软件结合。  Optionally, all or part of the steps of the foregoing embodiments may also be implemented by using an integrated circuit. These steps may be separately fabricated into individual integrated circuit modules, or multiple modules or steps may be fabricated into a single integrated circuit module. achieve. Thus, the invention is not limited to any particular combination of hardware and software.
上述实施例中的各装置 /功能模块 /功能单元可以釆用通用的计算装置来 实现, 它们可以集中在单个的计算装置上, 也可以分布在多个计算装置所组 成的网络上。  The various devices/function modules/functional units in the above embodiments may be implemented using a general-purpose computing device, which may be centralized on a single computing device or distributed over a network of multiple computing devices.
上述实施例中的各装置 /功能模块 /功能单元以软件功能模块的形式实现 并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。 上述提到的计算机可读取存储介质可以是只读存储器, 磁盘或光盘等。  Each device/function module/functional unit in the above embodiments can be stored in a computer readable storage medium when implemented in the form of a software function module and sold or used as a standalone product. The above mentioned computer readable storage medium may be a read only memory, a magnetic disk or an optical disk or the like.
任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本发明揭露的技术范围内, 可轻易想 到变化或替换, 都应涵盖在本发明的保护范围之内。 因此, 本发明的保护范 围应以权利要求所述的保护范围为准。  It is to be understood by those skilled in the art that variations or substitutions are within the scope of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of protection of the present invention should be determined by the scope of the claims.
工业实用性 本发明实施例提供了一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法和系统, 由 网元根据指示信息获取目标 UE的服务基站标识, 或由网元通过发送寻呼消 息来获取目标 UE的服务基站标识, 或由网元通过发送查询请求消息给 D2D 注册服务器来获取目标 UE的服务基站标识, 实现了由网元直接高效获取目 标 UE的服务基站标识, 解决了相关获取 UE位置的方法造成信令路径较长、 网络开销过大、 负载较重、 延时较大的问题。 Industrial Applicability The present invention provides a method and system for acquiring user equipment serving base station information, where a network element obtains a serving base station identifier of a target UE according to the indication information, or the network element obtains a target UE by sending a paging message. The serving base station identifier is obtained by the network element by sending a query request message to the D2D registration server to obtain the serving base station identifier of the target UE, which realizes that the network element directly obtains the serving base station identifier of the target UE, and solves the method for acquiring the location of the UE. The problem is that the signaling path is long, the network overhead is too large, the load is heavy, and the delay is large.

Claims

权 利 要 求 书 Claim
1、 一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 包括: A method for obtaining information about a base station of a user equipment service, comprising:
网元根据指示信息获取目标用户设备(UE )的服务基站标识, 所述网元 为以下任一设备:  The network element obtains the serving base station identifier of the target user equipment (UE) according to the indication information, where the network element is any one of the following devices:
UE、基站、移动管理实体( MME )、设备到设备 D2D注册服务器( DRS ) , 以及网络管理系统。  UE, base station, mobility management entity (MME), device-to-device D2D registration server (DRS), and network management system.
2、 根据权利要求 1所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 所 述网元根据指示信息获取目标 UE的服务基站标识, 包括: 2. The method for obtaining user equipment serving base station information according to claim 1, wherein the acquiring, by the network element, the serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the indication information comprises:
所述网元根据所述目标 UE发送的发现信号或发现信号响应消息, 获取 所述目标 UE的服务基站标识。  And obtaining, by the network element, a serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message sent by the target UE.
3、 根据权利要求 2所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 所 述网元根据所述目标 UE发送的发现信号或发现信号响应消息, 获取所述目 标 UE的服务基站标识, 包括: The method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to claim 2, wherein the network element acquires a serving base station identifier of the target UE according to a discovery signal or a discovery signal response message sent by the target UE, including :
所述网元接收所述目标 UE发送的发现信号或者发现信号响应消息, 从 所述发现信号或者发现信号响应消息中解析出发现信号或者发现信号响应消 息携带的信息, 再根据所述信息, 获取所述目标 UE的服务基站标识。  Receiving, by the network element, the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message sent by the target UE, parsing the information carried by the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message from the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message, and acquiring according to the information The serving base station identifier of the target UE.
4、 根据权利要求 3所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 所 述网元接收所述目标 UE发送的发现信号或者发现信号响应消息为所述网元 从所述目标 UE直接接收所述发现信号或者发现信号响应消息, 或通过其他 网元转发来间接接收所述发现信号或者发现信号响应消息; The method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to claim 3, wherein the network element receives the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message sent by the target UE, and the network element directly receives from the target UE. The discovery signal or the discovery signal response message, or indirectly through other network element forwarding, to receive the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message;
所述其他网元包括除了所述目标 UE之外的其他 UE、基站、 MME、 DRS , 以及网络管理系统。  The other network element includes other UEs, base stations, MMEs, DRSs, and network management systems other than the target UE.
5、 根据权利要求 3所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 所 述发现信号或者发现信号响应消息携带的信息为指示服务基站标识的信息, 所述指示服务基站标识的信息包括以下信息的任一或任意多种: The method for obtaining user equipment serving base station information according to claim 3, wherein the information carried by the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message is information indicating the identifier of the serving base station, and the information indicating the identifier of the serving base station includes the following: Any or any of a variety of information:
基站标识( eNB ID )、全球唯一小区标识( ECGI )、物理小区标识( PCI ) , 以及 IP地址。 Base station identity (eNB ID), globally unique cell identity (ECGI), physical cell identity (PCI), And an IP address.
6、 根据权利要求 3所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 所 述发现信号或者发现信号响应消息携带的信息为所述发现信号或者发现信号 响应消息的资源, 所述发现信号或者发现信号响应消息的资源包括发现信号 所涉及使用的时域、 频域和码域。 The method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to claim 3, wherein the information carried by the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message is a resource of the discovery signal or a discovery signal response message, and the discovery signal or The resources of the discovery signal response message include the time domain, frequency domain, and code domain involved in the discovery signal.
7、 根据权利要求 6所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 再 根据所述信息, 获取所述目标 UE的服务基站标识, 包括: The method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to claim 6, wherein the acquiring the serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the information includes:
所述网元从本地保存的信息获取所述目标 UE发送的发现信号或者发现 信号响应消息的资源与基站标识的映射关系, 或者,  Obtaining, by the network element, the mapping relationship between the discovery signal sent by the target UE or the resource of the discovery signal response message and the identifier of the base station, or
所述网元从其他网元处获取所述目标 UE发送的发现信号或者发现信号 响应消息的资源与基站标识的映射关系;  The network element acquires, from other network elements, a mapping relationship between the discovery signal sent by the target UE or the resource of the discovery signal response message and the identifier of the base station;
所述网元根据所述目标 UE发送发现信号或者发现信号响应消息的资源 与基站标识的映射关系, 获取所述目标 UE的服务基站标识; 以及  Obtaining, by the network element, a serving base station identifier of the target UE according to a mapping relationship between a resource of the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message and the identifier of the base station;
所述其他网元包括 UE、 基站、 MME、 DRS, 以及网络管理系统。  The other network elements include a UE, a base station, an MME, a DRS, and a network management system.
8、 根据权利要求 7所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 还包括: 通过相邻基站进行协商, 每个基站分配一个资源集合, 不同基站服务的 UE使用不同的资源发送发现信号或者发现信号响应消息, 每个基站服务的 UE发送发现信号或者发现信号响应消息的资源与所述基站有一一对应的关 系, 所述一一对应的关系构成 UE发送发现信号或者发现信号响应消息的资 源与基站的映射关系; The method for obtaining user equipment serving base station information according to claim 7, further comprising: negotiating by the neighboring base station, each base station allocating one resource set, and the UEs served by different base stations use different resources to send discovery signals or discovering The signal response message, the resource that the UE served by the base station sends the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message has a one-to-one correspondence with the base station, and the one-to-one correspondence constitutes a resource for the UE to send the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message. Mapping relationship with the base station;
所述发现信号或者发现信号响应消息的资源由以下任一设备分配: 基站、 MME、 D2D注册服务器, 以及网络管理系统。  The resources of the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message are allocated by any of the following devices: a base station, an MME, a D2D registration server, and a network management system.
9 、 根据权利要求 1所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 网元根据指示信息获取目标 UE的服务基站标识, 包括: The method for obtaining user equipment serving base station information according to claim 1, wherein the acquiring, by the network element, the serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the indication information comprises:
所述网元根据所述目标 UE的发现区域标识(发现区域 ID )获取对端 UE 的服务基站标识; 所述发现区域 ID携带于以下任一消息中: Obtaining, by the network element, a serving base station identifier of the opposite UE according to the discovery area identifier (discovery area ID) of the target UE; The discovery area ID is carried in any of the following messages:
发现信号、发现信号响应消息、 D2D连接建立请求消息, 以及寻呼消息。  A discovery signal, a discovery signal response message, a D2D connection establishment request message, and a paging message.
10、 根据权利要求 9所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 所述网元根据所述目标 UE的发现区域 ID获取对端 UE的服务基站标识, 包 括: The method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to claim 9, wherein the network element acquires a serving base station identifier of the opposite UE according to the discovery area ID of the target UE, including:
所述网元从本地保存的信息获取所述发现区域 ID 与基站标识的映射关 系, 或者,  Obtaining, by the network element, the mapping relationship between the discovery area ID and the base station identifier from the locally saved information, or
所述网元从其他网元处获取所述发现区域 ID与基站标识的映射关系; 所述网元根据所述发现区域 ID 与基站标识的映射关系, 获取所述目标 UE的服务基站标识; 以及  Obtaining, by the network element, the mapping relationship between the discovery area ID and the base station identifier from another network element; the network element acquiring the service base station identifier of the target UE according to the mapping relationship between the discovery area ID and the base station identifier;
所述其他网元包括 UE、 基站、 MME、 DRS, 以及网络管理系统。  The other network elements include a UE, a base station, an MME, a DRS, and a network management system.
11、 根据权利要求 10所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 所述网元根据所述发现区域 ID与基站标识的映射关系, 获取所述目标 UE的 服务基站标识, 包括: The method for obtaining user equipment serving base station information according to claim 10, wherein the acquiring, by the network element, the serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the mapping relationship between the discovery area ID and the base station identifier, includes:
在所述发现区域 ID与基站标识的映射关系是一个发现区域 ID对应一个 基站, 或者一个发现区域 ID对应一个基站下面的一个或多个小区时, 所述网 元直接根据所述发现区域 ID, 推导出所述目标 UE的服务基站标识; 以及 在所述发现区域 ID与基站标识的映射关系是一个发现区域 ID对应多个 基站或者多个基站下面的小区时, 所述网元根据所述发现区域 ID及辅助信 息, 推导出所述目标 UE的服务基站标识, 所述辅助信息包括发现 ID。  When the mapping relationship between the discovery area ID and the base station identifier is that one discovery area ID corresponds to one base station, or one discovery area ID corresponds to one or more cells below one base station, the network element directly according to the discovery area ID, And deriving the serving base station identifier of the target UE; and when the mapping relationship between the discovery area ID and the base station identifier is that the discovery area ID corresponds to multiple base stations or cells under multiple base stations, the network element is based on the discovery The area ID and the auxiliary information are used to derive a serving base station identifier of the target UE, and the auxiliary information includes a discovery ID.
12、 根据权利要求 9所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 所述发现区域 ID由基站、 MME、 D2D注册服务器、 网络管理系统, 或 者其他网元分配。 The method for obtaining user equipment serving base station information according to claim 9, wherein the discovery area ID is allocated by a base station, an MME, a D2D registration server, a network management system, or other network elements.
13、 根据权利要求 12所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 所述发现区域 ID由基站分配为基站之间进行协商, 为所述目标 UE分配 与相邻基站对应的发现区域 ID不冲突的发现区域 ID。 The method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to claim 12, wherein the discovery area ID is allocated by the base station to negotiate between the base stations, and the target UE is allocated a discovery area ID corresponding to the neighboring base station. Discovery zone ID that does not conflict.
14、 根据权利要求 1所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 网元根据指示信息获取目标 UE的服务基站标识, 包括: The method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to claim 1, wherein the acquiring, by the network element, the serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the indication information comprises:
所述网元根据所述目标 UE的发现标识(发现 ID )获取所述目标 UE的 服务基站标识;  Obtaining, by the network element, a serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the discovery identifier (discovery ID) of the target UE;
所述发现 ID携带于以下任一消息中:  The discovery ID is carried in any of the following messages:
发现信号、发现信号响应消息、 D2D连接建立请求消息, 以及寻呼消息。  A discovery signal, a discovery signal response message, a D2D connection establishment request message, and a paging message.
15、 根据权利要求 14所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 所述网元根据所述目标 UE的发现 ID获取所述目标 UE的服务基站标识, 包 括: The method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to claim 14, wherein the network element acquires the serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the discovery ID of the target UE, including:
所述网元从本地保存的信息获取所述目标 UE的发现 ID与基站标识的映 射关系, 或者,  Obtaining, by the network element, the mapping relationship between the discovery ID of the target UE and the identifier of the base station, or
所述网元从其他网元处获取所述目标 UE的发现 ID与基站标识的映射关 系;  The network element acquires, from other network elements, a mapping relationship between the discovery ID of the target UE and the base station identifier;
所述网元根据所述发现 ID与基站标识的映射关系, 来获取所述目标 UE 的 务基站标识; 以及  Obtaining, by the network element, a service base station identifier of the target UE according to a mapping relationship between the discovery ID and a base station identifier;
所述其他网元包括 UE、 基站、 MME、 DRS, 以及网络管理系统。  The other network elements include a UE, a base station, an MME, a DRS, and a network management system.
16、根据权利要求 14所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法,还包括: 在为 UE分配发现 ID时, 通过基站协商为相邻基站下的 UE分配不同的 发现 ID集合, 每个发现 ID对应唯一确定基站标识; 或, The method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to claim 14, further comprising: assigning, by the base station, a different discovery ID set to each UE under the neighboring base station, each discovery ID, when the discovery ID is allocated to the UE. Correspondingly uniquely determining the identity of the base station; or,
在为 UE分配发现 ID时, 由 MME为相邻基站下的 UE分配不同的发现 When the UE is assigned a discovery ID, the MME allocates different discoveries to the UEs in the neighboring base stations.
ID集合, 每个发现 ID对应唯一确定基站标识; 或, ID set, each discovery ID correspondingly determines the base station identifier; or,
在为 UE分配发现 ID时,由 D2D注册服务器为相邻基站下的 UE分配不 同的发现 ID集合, 每个发现 ID对应唯一确定基站标识; 或,  When the UE is assigned a discovery ID, the D2D registration server allocates different discovery ID sets to the UEs in the neighboring base stations, and each discovery ID correspondingly determines the base station identifier; or
在为 UE分配发现 ID时, 由网络管理系统为相邻基站下的 UE分配不同 的发现 ID集合, 每个发现 ID对应唯一确定基站标识。  When the UE is assigned a discovery ID, the network management system allocates different discovery ID sets to the UEs in the neighboring base stations, and each discovery ID correspondingly determines the base station identifier.
17、 根据权利要求 16所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 所述 D2D注册服务器为一个独立的网元, 或者跟基站或 MME或网络管 理系统或其他节点在同一个网元。 The method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to claim 16, wherein The D2D registration server is an independent network element, or is in the same network element as the base station or the MME or the network management system or other nodes.
18、 一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 包括: 18. A method for obtaining information about a base station of a user equipment service, comprising:
网元通过发送寻呼消息来获取目标用户设备(UE )的服务基站标识; 以 及  The network element obtains the serving base station identifier of the target user equipment (UE) by sending a paging message; and
所述网元为以下任一设备:  The network element is any of the following devices:
UE, 基站, 移动管理实体(MME ) , 以及设备到设备 D2D注册服务器 ( DRS ) 。  UE, base station, mobility management entity (MME), and device-to-device D2D registration server (DRS).
19、 根据权利要求 18所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 所述网元为源 UE, 所述网元通过发送寻呼消息来获取目标 UE的服务基站标 识, 包括: The method for obtaining user equipment serving base station information according to claim 18, wherein the network element is a source UE, and the network element obtains a service base station identifier of the target UE by sending a paging message, including:
源 UE在发现信号中携带寻呼消息发送给对端网元 , 所述寻呼消息中包 含了目标 UE的标识, 所述对端网元为以下任一设备:  The source UE carries a paging message to the peer network element in the discovery signal, where the paging message includes the identifier of the target UE, and the peer network element is any one of the following devices:
目标 UE、 基站、 MME、 D2D注册服务基站, 以及网络管理系统; 所述目标 UE的标识包括: 短格式临时移动用户标识(S-TMSI ) 、 国际 移动用户识别码( IMSI )、全球唯一临时标识( GUTI )、发现标识(发现 ID ) , 以及互联网协议 (IP ) 地址;  a target UE, a base station, an MME, a D2D registration service base station, and a network management system; the identifier of the target UE includes: a short format temporary mobile subscriber identity (S-TMSI), an international mobile subscriber identity (IMSI), a globally unique temporary identifier (GUTI), discovery identifier (discovery ID), and Internet Protocol (IP) address;
所述源 UE接收对端网元发送的寻呼响应消息, 所述寻呼响应消息中携 带了目标 UE的服务基站标识; 以及  Receiving, by the source UE, a paging response message sent by the peer network element, where the paging response message carries the serving base station identifier of the target UE;
所述源 UE发送所述发现信号的发送方式是广播或单播或多播。  The manner in which the source UE sends the discovery signal is broadcast or unicast or multicast.
20、 根据权利要求 19所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 所述源 UE在发现信号中携带寻呼消息发送给对端网元之后, 还包括: The method for obtaining user equipment serving base station information according to claim 19, wherein, after the source UE carries the paging message to the peer network element, the source UE further includes:
所述目标 UE监听到所述源 UE发送的发现信号中携带寻呼消息 ,判断所 述寻呼消息是否是寻呼所述目标 UE;  The target UE monitors that the discovery signal sent by the source UE carries a paging message, and determines whether the paging message is paging the target UE;
在判定所述源 UE呼叫所述目标 UE时, 所述目标 UE向所述源 UE回复 寻呼响应消息, 在所述寻呼响应消息中携带自己的服务基站标识; 以及 在判定所述源 UE并非呼叫所述目标 UE时,所述目标 UE忽略所述寻呼 消息。 When the source UE is determined to call the target UE, the target UE replies to the source UE with a paging response message, and carries the own serving base station identifier in the paging response message; The target UE ignores the paging message when it is determined that the source UE is not calling the target UE.
21、 根据权利要求 20所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 所述目标 UE监听到所述源 UE发送的发现信号中携带寻呼消息,判断所述寻 呼消息是否是寻呼所述目标 UE, 包括: The method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to claim 20, wherein the target UE monitors that the discovery signal sent by the source UE carries a paging message, and determines whether the paging message is a paging. The target UE includes:
所述目标 UE判断所述寻呼消息中携带的 UE标识与所述目标 UE自身的 UE标识是否匹配; 所述 UE标识包括 S-TMSI、 IMSL GUTL 发现 ID, 以及 IP地址;  The target UE determines whether the UE identifier carried in the paging message matches the UE identity of the target UE itself; the UE identifier includes an S-TMSI, an IMSL GUTL discovery ID, and an IP address;
在匹配时, 所述目标 UE判断所述寻呼消息是寻呼所述目标 UE自身; 在不匹配时,所述目标 UE判断所述寻呼消息不是寻呼所述目标 UE自身。  When matching, the target UE determines that the paging message is paging the target UE itself; when there is no match, the target UE determines that the paging message is not paging the target UE itself.
22、 根据权利要求 20所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 所述目标 UE向所述源 UE回复寻呼响应消息 , 包括: The method for obtaining user equipment serving base station information according to claim 20, wherein the target UE replies to the source UE with a paging response message, including:
所述目标 UE直接向所述源 UE回复寻呼响应消息; 或,  The target UE directly replies to the source UE with a paging response message; or
所述目标 UE通过基站和 /或 MME和 /或 D2D注册服务器和 /或网络管理 系统转发所述寻呼响应消息给所述源 UE。  The target UE forwards the paging response message to the source UE through a base station and/or a MME and/or a D2D registration server and/or a network management system.
23、 根据权利要求 22所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 所述目标 UE向所述源 UE回复寻呼响应消息 , 包括: The method for obtaining user equipment serving base station information according to claim 22, wherein the target UE replies to the source UE with a paging response message, including:
所述目标 UE判断自己所处的状态类型,所述目标 UE所处的状态类型包 括连接态和空闲态; 以及  Determining, by the target UE, a status type in which the target UE is located, where the target UE is in a connected state and an idle state;
所述目标 UE根据自己所处的状态类型, 执行相应的操作。  The target UE performs a corresponding operation according to the type of the state in which it is located.
24、 根据权利要求 23所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 所述目标 UE根据自己所处的状态类型, 执行相应的操作, 包括: The method for obtaining user equipment serving base station information according to claim 23, wherein the target UE performs a corresponding operation according to the type of the state in which the target UE is located, including:
在所述目标 UE处于连接态时,所述目标 UE在接收到寻呼消息之后,发 送寻呼响应消息给自己的服务基站。  When the target UE is in the connected state, the target UE sends a paging response message to its serving base station after receiving the paging message.
25、 根据权利要求 23所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 所述目标 UE根据自己所处的状态类型, 执行相应的操作, 包括: 在所述目标 UE处于空闲态时,所述目标 UE在接收到寻呼消息之后, 随 机接入到自己的服务基站; The method for obtaining user equipment serving base station information according to claim 23, wherein the target UE performs a corresponding operation according to the type of the state in which the target UE is located, including: When the target UE is in an idle state, the target UE randomly accesses its own serving base station after receiving the paging message;
所述目标 UE的服务基站接收到所述目标 UE的随机接入消息之后,发送 寻呼响应消息给所述源 UE的服务基站; 以及  After receiving the random access message of the target UE, the serving base station of the target UE sends a paging response message to the serving base station of the source UE;
所述源 UE的服务基站接收到所述寻呼响应消息之后, 发送寻呼响应消 息给源 UE。  After receiving the paging response message, the serving base station of the source UE sends a paging response message to the source UE.
26、 根据权利要求 25所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 所述目标 UE在接收到寻呼消息之后, 随机接入到自己的服务基站, 包括: 所述目标 UE在接收到寻呼消息之后, 立即进行随机接入过程和 /或回复 寻呼响应消息; 或, The method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to claim 25, wherein the target UE randomly accesses its own serving base station after receiving the paging message, including: the target UE receiving Immediately after the paging message, the random access procedure and/or the reply paging response message; or,
所述目标 UE在接收到寻呼消息这后, 等跟踪区更新 (TAU )周期到达 时, 在 TAU流程中进行随机接入过程和 /或回复寻呼响应消息, 所述寻呼响 应消息是随机接入消息或 TAU消息或空口消息。  After receiving the paging message, the target UE performs a random access procedure and/or a reply paging response message in a TAU procedure, such as a tracking area update (TAU) period, where the paging response message is random. Access message or TAU message or air interface message.
27、 根据权利要求 18所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 所述网元为基站, 网元通过发送寻呼消息来获取目标 UE的服务基站标识, 包括: The method for obtaining user equipment serving base station information according to claim 18, wherein the network element is a base station, and the network element obtains a serving base station identifier of the target UE by sending a paging message, including:
基站在基站与基站的接口 (X2接口)上发送寻呼消息给相邻基站, 寻呼 目标 UE, 所述相邻基站包括与所述基站有 X2接口的所有基站或者与所述基 站在同一个发现区域且有 X2接口的基站,所述寻呼消息包含了目标 UE的标 识, 所述目标 UE的标识包括以下任一或任意多个信息:  The base station sends a paging message to the neighboring base station on the interface (X2 interface) between the base station and the base station, and the paging target UE includes all the base stations having the X2 interface with the base station or the same base station as the base station. The base station and the base station having the X2 interface, the paging message includes an identifier of the target UE, and the identifier of the target UE includes any one or any of the following information:
S-TMSL IMSL GUTL 发现 ID, 以及 IP地址; 以及  S-TMSL IMSL GUTL discovery ID, and IP address;
所述基站接收所述相邻基站返回的寻呼响应消息, 所述寻呼响应消息中 携带了目标 UE的服务基站标识。  The base station receives the paging response message returned by the neighboring base station, where the paging response message carries the serving base station identifier of the target UE.
28、 根据权利要求 27所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 所述寻呼消息为 D2D寻呼消息。 The method for obtaining user equipment serving base station information according to claim 27, wherein the paging message is a D2D paging message.
29、 根据权利要求 27所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 所述基站在 X2接口上发送寻呼消息给相邻基站之后, 还包括: 所述相邻基站在接收到所述寻呼消息之后, 获取所述目标 UE所处的状 态,根据所述目标 UE所处的状态执行寻呼操作, 所述目标 UE所处的状态包 括连接态和空闲态; 或, The method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to claim 27, wherein After the base station sends the paging message to the neighboring base station on the X2 interface, the method further includes: after receiving the paging message, the neighboring base station acquires a state in which the target UE is located, according to the target UE a state in which a paging operation is performed, and a state in which the target UE is in a connected state and an idle state; or
所述相邻基站在接收到所述寻呼消息之后, 直接执行寻呼操作。  The neighboring base station directly performs a paging operation after receiving the paging message.
30、 根据权利要求 29所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 获取所述目标 UE所处的状态包括: The method for obtaining user equipment serving base station information according to claim 29, wherein acquiring the state of the target UE comprises:
所述相邻基站查找本地保存的所述目标 UE所处的状态; 或,  The neighboring base station searches for a state in which the target UE that is locally saved is located; or
所述相邻基站从所述寻呼消息中获取所述目标 UE所处的状态; 或, 所述相邻基站从所述基站发送的 X2接口上的消息中获取所述目标 UE的 状态, 所述 X2接口上的消息包括: 基站配置更新消息、 基站配置更新确认 消息、 切换请求消息, 以及切换确认消息。  Obtaining, by the neighboring base station, a state in which the target UE is located from the paging message; or, the neighboring base station acquires a state of the target UE from a message on an X2 interface sent by the base station, where The message on the X2 interface includes: a base station configuration update message, a base station configuration update acknowledgement message, a handover request message, and a handover confirmation message.
31、 根据权利要求 29所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 基站在 X2接口上发送寻呼消息给相邻基站之前, 还包括: The method for obtaining user equipment serving base station information according to claim 29, wherein before the base station sends a paging message to the neighboring base station on the X2 interface, the method further includes:
所述基站获取所述目标 UE所处的状态为所述基站通过空口消息从所述 基站服务的 UE获取, 所述空口消息包括蜂窝通信的空口消息, 所述蜂窝通 信的空口消息包括: 随机接入消息、 无线资源控制 (RRC )连接请求消息、 RRC连接建立完成消息、 RRC连接重建请求消息、 RRC连接重建完成消息, 以及 RRC连接重配完成消息。  Obtaining, by the base station, the status of the target UE is that the base station acquires the UE served by the base station by using an air interface message, where the air interface message includes an air interface message of the cellular communication, and the air interface message of the cellular communication includes: Incoming message, Radio Resource Control (RRC) Connection Request message, RRC Connection Setup Complete message, RRC Connection Reestablishment Request message, RRC Connection Reestablishment Complete message, and RRC Connection Reconfiguration Complete message.
32、 根据权利要求 31所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 所述空口消息还包括: D2D连接建立请求消息和 D2D寻呼请求消息。 The method for obtaining user equipment serving base station information according to claim 31, wherein the air interface message further comprises: a D2D connection establishment request message and a D2D paging request message.
33、根据权利要求 29所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法,还包括: 所述目标 UE在发现信号( beacon信号)中向其他网元发送所述目标 UE 所处的状态。 The method for obtaining user equipment serving base station information according to claim 29, further comprising: the target UE transmitting, in a discovery signal (beacon signal), a state in which the target UE is located to other network elements.
34、 根据权利要求 29所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 所述根据所述目标 UE所处的状态执行寻呼操作, 包括: 在所述目标 UE处于连接态时,所述相邻基站查看所述目标 UE是否在所 述相邻基站的服务小区或在所述相邻基站中是否保存了所述目标 UE的服务 基站信息, The method for obtaining user equipment serving base station information according to claim 29, wherein the performing a paging operation according to a state in which the target UE is located includes: When the target UE is in the connected state, the neighboring base station checks whether the target UE saves the serving base station information of the target UE in the serving cell of the neighboring base station or in the neighboring base station,
当所述目标 UE在所述相邻基站的服务小区或在所述相邻基站中保存了 所述目标 UE的服务基站信息时, 所述相邻基站发送寻呼响应消息给所述基 站, 所述寻呼响应消息包含了所述目标 UE的服务基站标识, 或者指示了所 述目标 UE在所述基站自己的服务小区; 以及  When the target UE saves the serving base station information of the target UE in the serving cell of the neighboring base station or in the neighboring base station, the neighboring base station sends a paging response message to the base station, where The paging response message includes a serving base station identifier of the target UE, or indicates that the target UE is in the base station's own serving cell;
在所述目标 UE处于空闲态时, 所述相邻基站在自己的服务小区寻呼所 述目标 UE。  When the target UE is in an idle state, the neighboring base station pages the target UE in its own serving cell.
35、 根据权利要求 29所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 所述相邻基站执行寻呼操作之后, 还包括: The method for obtaining user equipment serving base station information according to claim 29, wherein after the performing, by the neighboring base station, the paging operation, the method further includes:
当目标 UE在所述相邻基站的服务小区时,所述目标 UE在接收到所述相 邻基站发送的寻呼消息之后, 立即进行随机接入过程和 /或回复寻呼响应消 息; 或,  When the target UE is in the serving cell of the neighboring base station, the target UE immediately performs a random access procedure and/or a reply paging response message after receiving the paging message sent by the neighboring base station; or
当目标 UE在所述相邻基站的服务小区时, 所述目标 UE等 TAU周期到 达时, 在 TAU流程中进行随机接入过程和 /或回复响应消息; 以及  And performing a random access procedure and/or a reply response message in the TAU process when the target UE is in the serving cell of the neighboring base station, when the TAU period of the target UE or the like arrives;
所述寻呼响应消息为随机接入消息或 TAU消息或空口消息。  The paging response message is a random access message or a TAU message or an air interface message.
36、 根据权利要求 18所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 所述网元为基站, 所述网元通过发送寻呼消息来获取目标 UE的服务基站标 识, 包括: The method for obtaining user equipment serving base station information according to claim 18, wherein the network element is a base station, and the network element obtains a serving base station identifier of the target UE by sending a paging message, including:
基站在基站与分组核心网之间的接口 (S1 接口) 上发送寻呼消息给 MME, 寻呼所述目标 UE, 所述寻呼消息包含了所述目标 UE的标识, 所述 目标 UE的标识包括 S-TMSI、 IMSL GUTL 发现 ID, 以及 IP地址。  The base station sends a paging message to the MME on the interface (S1 interface) between the base station and the packet core network to page the target UE, where the paging message includes the identifier of the target UE, and the identifier of the target UE Includes S-TMSI, IMSL GUTL Discovery ID, and IP address.
37、 根据权利要求 36所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 所述寻呼消息还包括所述目标 UE所处的状态 ,所述目标 UE所处的状态包括 空闲态和连接态。 The method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to claim 36, wherein the paging message further includes a state in which the target UE is located, and a state in which the target UE is in an idle state and a connected state. .
38、 根据权利要求 36所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 基站在 SI接口上发送寻呼消息给 MME, 寻呼所述目标 UE之后, 还包括: 所述 MME接收所述基站发送的寻呼消息之后, 执行寻呼操作。 38. The method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to claim 36, wherein The base station sends a paging message to the MME on the SI interface. After paging the target UE, the method further includes: after the MME receives the paging message sent by the base station, performing a paging operation.
39、 根据权利要求 38所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 所述 MME接收所述基站发送的寻呼消息之后, 执行寻呼操作, 包括: The method for obtaining user equipment serving base station information according to claim 38, wherein after the MME receives the paging message sent by the base station, performing a paging operation includes:
所述 MME判断所述 MME是否保存了所述目标 UE的服务基站信息;以 及  Determining, by the MME, whether the MME saves the serving base station information of the target UE; and
在所述 MME保存了所述目标 UE的服务基站信息时,所述 MME直接发 送寻呼响应消息给所述基站, 所述寻呼响应消息中携带有所述目标 UE的服 务基站标识。  When the MME saves the serving base station information of the target UE, the MME directly sends a paging response message to the base station, where the paging response message carries the service base station identifier of the target UE.
40、 根据权利要求 39所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 所述 MME判断所述 MME是否保存了所述目标 UE的服务基站信息之后,还 包括: The method for obtaining user equipment serving base station information according to claim 39, wherein, after the MME determines whether the MME saves the serving base station information of the target UE, the method further includes:
在所述 MME没有保存所述目标 UE的服务基站信息时,所述 MME确定 寻呼区域, 在所述寻呼区域发送寻呼消息, 所述寻呼区域包括:  When the MME does not save the serving base station information of the target UE, the MME determines a paging area, and sends a paging message in the paging area, where the paging area includes:
源基站的相邻小区, 以及与源基站在同一个发现区域的其他基站的服务 小区。  The neighboring cells of the source base station, and the serving cells of other base stations in the same discovery area as the source base station.
41、 根据权利要求 40所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 所述 MME确定寻呼区域, 在所述寻呼区域发送寻呼消息之后, 还包括: 当所述目标 UE接收到所述 MME发送的寻呼消息之后, 随机接入到所 述目标 UE的服务基站小区, 和 /或发送寻呼响应消给所述目标 UE的服务基 站; 以及 The method for obtaining user equipment serving base station information according to claim 40, wherein the MME determines a paging area, and after the paging area sends a paging message, the method further includes: when the target UE receives After the paging message sent by the MME, randomly accessing the serving base station cell of the target UE, and/or sending a paging response to the serving base station of the target UE;
所述目标 UE的服务基站发送寻呼响应消息给所述基站。  The serving base station of the target UE sends a paging response message to the base station.
42、 根据权利要求 40所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 所述 MME确定寻呼区域, 在所述寻呼区域发送寻呼消息之后, 还包括: 当所述目标 UE接收到所述寻呼消息之后,随机接入到所述目标 UE的服 务基站小区, 和 /或发送寻呼响应消息给所述目标 UE的服务基站; 以及 所述目标 UE的服务基站发送寻呼响应消息给所述 MME, 所述 MME转 发所述寻呼消息给所述基站。 The method for obtaining user equipment serving base station information according to claim 40, wherein the MME determines a paging area, and after the paging area sends a paging message, the method further includes: when the target UE receives After the paging message, randomly accessing the serving base station cell of the target UE, and/or transmitting a paging response message to the serving base station of the target UE; The serving base station of the target UE sends a paging response message to the MME, and the MME forwards the paging message to the base station.
43、 一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 包括: 43. A method for obtaining information about a base station of a user equipment service, comprising:
网元通过发送查询请求消息给设备到设备 D2D注册服务器(DRS ) , 来 获取目标用户设备(UE ) 的服务基站标识; 以及  The network element obtains the serving base station identifier of the target user equipment (UE) by sending a query request message to the device to the device D2D registration server (DRS);
所述网元为以下任一设备:  The network element is any of the following devices:
UE、 基站, 以及移动管理实体 ( MME ) 。  UE, base station, and mobility management entity (MME).
44、 根据权利要求 43所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 所述查询请求中携带有所述目标 UE的标识,所述目标 UE的标识为以下信息 的任一或任意多种: The method for obtaining user equipment serving base station information according to claim 43, wherein the query request carries an identifier of the target UE, and the identifier of the target UE is any one or any of the following information. :
短格式临时移动用户标识(S-TMSI ) 、 国际移动用户识别码(IMSI ) 、 全球唯一临时标识(GUTI ) , 以及发现标识(发现 ID ) 。  Short format temporary mobile subscriber identity (S-TMSI), International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI), Globally Unique Temporary Identity (GUTI), and Discovery Identity (Discovery ID).
45、 根据权利要求 43所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 所述 D2D注册服务器保存了 D2D UE的服务基站信息,是一个独立的网 元或者与基站或 MME或网络管理系统或其他节点在同一个网元。 The method for obtaining user equipment serving base station information according to claim 43, wherein the D2D registration server saves the serving base station information of the D2D UE, is an independent network element or is connected to the base station or the MME or the network management system or The other nodes are in the same network element.
46、 根据权利要求 44所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 所述查询请求消息携带有指示查询所述目标 UE的服务基站标识的信元 ( IE ) 。 The method for obtaining user equipment serving base station information according to claim 44, wherein the query request message carries a cell (IE) indicating that the serving base station identifier of the target UE is queried.
47、 根据权利要求 43所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 网元通过发送查询请求消息给 D2D注册服务器, 来获取目标 UE的服务基站 标识之后, 还包括: The method for obtaining user equipment serving base station information according to claim 43, wherein, after the network element obtains the serving base station identifier of the target UE by sending the query request message to the D2D registration server, the method further includes:
所述 D2D注册服务器判断是否保存有所述目标 UE的服务基站信息; 在判断结果为保存有所述目标 UE的服务基站信息时, 所述 D2D注册服 务器发送查询响应消息给所述网元; 以及  Determining, by the D2D registration server, whether the serving base station information of the target UE is saved; when the result of the determination is that the serving base station information of the target UE is saved, the D2D registration server sends an inquiry response message to the network element;
在判断结果为没有保存所述目标 UE的服务基站信息时, 所述 D2D注册 服务器发送查询失败消息给所述网元, 或触发寻呼流程, 或不执行操作。 When the result of the determination is that the serving base station information of the target UE is not saved, the D2D registration The server sends a query failure message to the network element, or triggers a paging process, or does not perform an operation.
48、 根据权利要求 47所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 所述查询响应消息携带有指示查询所述目标 UE的服务基站标识的 IE。 The method for obtaining user equipment serving base station information according to claim 47, wherein the query response message carries an IE indicating that the serving base station identifier of the target UE is queried.
49、 根据权利要求 47所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 所述查询失败消息携带有指示查询所述目标 UE的服务基站标识失败的The method for obtaining user equipment serving base station information according to claim 47, wherein the query failure message carries a failure indicating that the serving base station identifier of the target UE is failed.
IE。 IE.
50、 根据权利要求 47所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的方法, 其中, 所述 D2D注册服务器触发寻呼流程, 包括: D2D注册服务器发送寻呼消 息或寻呼指示消息给基站或 MME, 触发基站或 MME寻呼目标 UE。 The method for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to claim 47, wherein the D2D registration server triggers a paging process, including: the D2D registration server sends a paging message or a paging indication message to the base station or the MME, and triggers The base station or MME pages the target UE.
51、 一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的系统, 包括: 网元和目标 UE; 所述网元, 其设置成根据指示信息获取所述目标 UE的服务基站标识; 所述网元为以下任一设备: A system for acquiring user equipment serving base station information, comprising: a network element and a target UE; the network element, configured to acquire a serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the indication information; the network element is any one of the following Equipment:
UE、基站,移动管理实体( MME )、设备到设备 D2D注册服务器( DRS ) , 以及网络管理系统。  UE, base station, mobility management entity (MME), device-to-device D2D registration server (DRS), and network management system.
52、 根据权利要求 51所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的系统, 其中, 所述网元是设置成接收所述目标 UE发送的发现信号或者发现信号响应 消息, 从所述发现信号或者发现信号响应消息中解析出发现信号或者发现信 号响应消息携带的信息, 再根据所述信息, 获取所述目标 UE的服务基站标 识。 The system for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to claim 51, wherein the network element is configured to receive a discovery signal or a discovery signal response message sent by the target UE, from the discovery signal or the discovery signal. And parsing the information carried in the discovery signal or the discovery signal response message in the response message, and acquiring the serving base station identifier of the target UE according to the information.
53、 根据权利要求 51所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的系统, 其中, 所述网元是设置成根据所述目标 UE的发现区域 ID获取对端 UE的服务 基站标识; The system for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to claim 51, wherein the network element is configured to acquire a service base station identifier of the opposite UE according to the discovery area ID of the target UE;
所述发现区域 ID携带于以下任一消息中:  The discovery area ID is carried in any of the following messages:
发现信号、发现信号响应消息、 D2D连接建立请求消息, 以及寻呼消息。 A discovery signal, a discovery signal response message, a D2D connection establishment request message, and a paging message.
54、 根据权利要求 51所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的系统, 其中, 所述网元是设置成根据所述目标 UE的发现 ID获取所述目标 UE的服务 基站标识; The system for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to claim 51, wherein the network element is configured to acquire a service base station identifier of the target UE according to a discovery ID of the target UE;
所述发现 ID携带于以下任一消息中:  The discovery ID is carried in any of the following messages:
发现信号、发现信号响应消息、 D2D连接建立请求消息, 以及寻呼消息。  A discovery signal, a discovery signal response message, a D2D connection establishment request message, and a paging message.
55、 一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的系统, 包括: 网元和目标 UE; 所述网元, 其设置成通过发送寻呼消息来获取所述目标 UE的服务基站 标识; 以及 55. A system for acquiring user equipment serving base station information, comprising: a network element and a target UE; the network element configured to acquire a serving base station identifier of the target UE by sending a paging message;
所述网元为以下任一设备:  The network element is any of the following devices:
UE、 基站、 移动管理实体(MME ) , 以及设备到设备 D2D注册服务器 UE, base station, mobility management entity (MME), and device-to-device D2D registration server
( DRS ) 。 (DRS).
56、 根据权利要求 55所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的系统, 其中, 所述网元是设置成在发现信号中携带寻呼消息发送给对端网元, 所述寻 呼消息中包含了目标 UE的标识, 所述对端网元为以下任一设备: The system for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to claim 55, wherein the network element is configured to carry a paging message in the discovery signal and send the message to the peer network element, where the paging message includes The identifier of the target UE, where the peer network element is any of the following devices:
目标 UE、 基站、 MME、 D2D注册服务基站, 以及网络管理系统; 所述目标 UE的标识包括: 短格式临时移动用户标识(S-TMSI ) 、 国际 移动用户识别码( IMSI )、全球唯一临时标识( GUTI )、发现标识(发现 ID ) , 以及互联网协议 (IP ) 地址; 以及  a target UE, a base station, an MME, a D2D registration service base station, and a network management system; the identifier of the target UE includes: a short format temporary mobile subscriber identity (S-TMSI), an international mobile subscriber identity (IMSI), a globally unique temporary identifier (GUTI), discovery identifier (discovery ID), and Internet Protocol (IP) address;
接收对端网元发送的寻呼响应消息,所述寻呼响应消息中携带了目标 UE 的服务基站标识。  Receiving a paging response message sent by the peer network element, where the paging response message carries the serving base station identifier of the target UE.
57、 根据权利要求 56所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的系统, 其中, 所述目标 UE,其设置成在监听到所述网元发送的发现信号中携带寻呼消 息, 判断所述寻呼消息是否是寻呼所述目标 UE, The system for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to claim 56, wherein the target UE is configured to carry a paging message in the discovery signal sent by the network element, and determine the paging. Whether the message is to page the target UE,
在判定所述网元呼叫所述目标 UE时, 向所述源 UE回复寻呼响应消息, 在所述寻呼响应消息中携带自己的服务基站标识; 以及  When determining that the network element calls the target UE, replying to the source UE with a paging response message, where the paging response message carries its own serving base station identifier;
在判定所述网元并非呼叫所述目标 UE时, 忽略所述寻呼消息。 The paging message is ignored when it is determined that the network element is not calling the target UE.
58、 根据权利要求 55所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的系统, 其中, 所述系统还包括相邻基站; The system for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to claim 55, wherein the system further comprises a neighboring base station;
所述网元是设置成在基站与基站( X2接口)上发送寻呼消息给相邻基站, 寻呼目标 UE, 所述相邻基站包括与所述基站有 X2接口的所有基站或者与所 述基站在同一个发现区域且有 X2接口的基站, 所述寻呼消息包含了目标 UE 的标识, 所述目标 UE的标识包括以下任一或任意多个信息:  The network element is configured to send a paging message to a neighboring base station and a paging target UE on a base station and a base station (X2 interface), where the neighboring base station includes all base stations having an X2 interface with the base station or The base station is in the same discovery area and has an X2 interface, the paging message includes an identifier of the target UE, and the identifier of the target UE includes any one or any of the following information:
S-TMSL IMSL GUTL 发现 ID, 以及 IP地址; 以及  S-TMSL IMSL GUTL discovery ID, and IP address;
接收所述相邻基站返回的寻呼响应消息, 所述寻呼响应消息中携带了目 标 UE的服务基站标识。  Receiving a paging response message returned by the neighboring base station, where the paging response message carries a serving base station identifier of the target UE.
59、 根据权利要求 58所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的系统, 其中, 所述相邻基站,其设置成在接收到所述寻呼消息之后, 获取所述目标 UE 所处的状态,根据所述目标 UE所处的状态执行寻呼操作, 所述目标 UE所处 的状态包括连接态和空闲态; 或, The system for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to claim 58, wherein the neighboring base station is configured to acquire, after receiving the paging message, a state in which the target UE is located, according to Performing a paging operation in a state in which the target UE is located, where the target UE is in a connected state and an idle state; or
在接收到所述寻呼消息之后, 直接执行寻呼操作。  After receiving the paging message, the paging operation is directly performed.
60、 根据权利要求 58所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的系统, 其中, 在所述网元在 X2接口上发送寻呼消息给相邻基站之前, 所述网元通过 如下方式获取所述目标 UE所处的状态: The system for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to claim 58, wherein, before the network element sends a paging message to the neighboring base station on the X2 interface, the network element acquires the target by: The status of the UE:
通过空口消息从所述网元服务的 UE获取, 所述空口消息包括蜂窝通信 的空口消息, 所述蜂窝通信的空口消息包括: 随机接入消息、 无线资源控制 ( RRC )连接请求消息、 RRC连接建立完成消息、 RRC连接重建请求消息、 RRC连接重建完成消息, 以及 RRC连接重配完成消息。  The air interface message is obtained by the UE served by the network element, and the air interface message includes an air interface message of the cellular communication, where the air interface message of the cellular communication includes: a random access message, a radio resource control (RRC) connection request message, and an RRC connection. A setup complete message, an RRC Connection Reestablishment Request message, an RRC Connection Reestablishment Complete message, and an RRC Connection Reconfiguration Complete message.
61、 根据权利要求 60所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的系统, 其中, 所述目标 UE还设置成当目标 UE在所述相邻基站的服务小区时,在接收 到所述相邻基站发送的寻呼消息之后, 立即进行随机接入过程和 /或回复寻呼 响应消息; 或, The system for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to claim 60, wherein the target UE is further configured to: when the target UE is in a serving cell of the neighboring base station, receive the neighboring base station to send Immediately after the paging message, the random access procedure and/or the reply paging response message; or,
当目标 UE在所述相邻基站的服务小区时, 等跟踪区更新 (TAU )周期 到达时, 在 TAU流程中进行随机接入过程和 /或回复响应消息; 以及 所述寻呼响应消息为随机接入消息或 TAU消息或空口消息。 When the target UE is in the serving cell of the neighboring base station, when a tracking area update (TAU) period arrives, a random access procedure and/or a reply response message is performed in the TAU procedure; The paging response message is a random access message or a TAU message or an air interface message.
62、 根据权利要求 59所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的系统, 其中, 所述系统还包括 MME; 62. The system for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to claim 59, wherein the system further includes an MME;
所述网元还设置成在基站与分组核心网之间的接口 (S1接口)上发送寻 呼消息给 MME, 寻呼所述目标 UE, 所述寻呼消息包含了所述目标 UE的标 识, 所述目标 UE的标识包括 S-TMSI、 IMSL GUTL发现 ID, 以及 IP地址。  The network element is further configured to send a paging message to the MME on the interface (S1 interface) between the base station and the packet core network, to page the target UE, where the paging message includes the identifier of the target UE, The identifier of the target UE includes an S-TMSI, an IMSL GUTL discovery ID, and an IP address.
63、 一种获取用户设备服务基站信息的系统, 包括: 网元、 设备到设备 D2D注册服务器(DRS )和目标用户设备 ( UE ) ; 63. A system for acquiring user equipment serving base station information, comprising: a network element, a device to device D2D registration server (DRS), and a target user equipment (UE);
所述网元, 其设置成通过发送查询请求消息给 D2D注册服务器, 来获取 目标 UE的服务基站标识; 以及  The network element is configured to obtain a serving base station identifier of the target UE by sending a query request message to the D2D registration server;
所述网元为以下任一设备:  The network element is any of the following devices:
UE、 基站, 以及移动管理实体 ( MME ) 。  UE, base station, and mobility management entity (MME).
64、 根据权利要求 63所述的获取用户设备服务基站信息的系统, 其中, 所述 D2D注册服务器, 其设置成判断是否保存有所述目标 UE的服务基 站信息; The system for acquiring user equipment serving base station information according to claim 63, wherein the D2D registration server is configured to determine whether the service base station information of the target UE is saved;
在判断结果为保存有所述目标 UE的服务基站信息时, 所述 D2D注册服 务器发送查询响应消息给所述网元; 以及  When the result of the determination is that the serving base station information of the target UE is saved, the D2D registration server sends an inquiry response message to the network element;
在判断结果为没有保存所述目标 UE的服务基站信息时, 所述 D2D注册 服务器发送查询失败消息给所述网元, 或不执行操作, 或触发寻呼流程。  When the result of the determination is that the serving base station information of the target UE is not saved, the D2D registration server sends a query failure message to the network element, or does not perform an operation, or triggers a paging procedure.
PCT/CN2014/000095 2013-03-25 2014-01-24 Method and system for obtaining serving base station information about user equipment WO2014154014A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201310098601.6A CN104080075B (en) 2013-03-25 2013-03-25 Obtain the method and system of user equipment servicing base station information
CN201310098601.6 2013-03-25

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014154014A1 true WO2014154014A1 (en) 2014-10-02

Family

ID=51601077

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2014/000095 WO2014154014A1 (en) 2013-03-25 2014-01-24 Method and system for obtaining serving base station information about user equipment

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN104080075B (en)
WO (1) WO2014154014A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105898876A (en) * 2014-11-07 2016-08-24 南京大学 D2D communication establishing and power distribution scheme under cellular communication system
EP3445087B1 (en) * 2016-06-22 2022-05-18 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Method and device for changing communication path
CN108235281B (en) * 2016-12-12 2023-09-22 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Application entity creation resource and registration method, communication node equipment and terminal equipment
CN108235343B (en) * 2016-12-22 2021-04-20 华为技术有限公司 Service KPI acquisition method and network equipment
WO2018223401A1 (en) * 2017-06-09 2018-12-13 华为技术有限公司 Paging message sending method, paging message receiving method, terminal and system
TWI627871B (en) * 2017-09-05 2018-06-21 財團法人工業技術研究院 Control method for network communication system and multi-access edge computing ecosystem device

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101001450A (en) * 2006-01-10 2007-07-18 中兴通讯股份有限公司 PHS system positioning method
CN101583198A (en) * 2009-06-12 2009-11-18 华为技术有限公司 Switch link establishment method, device and system
CN101599877A (en) * 2008-06-06 2009-12-09 华为技术有限公司 A kind of method of accessing user terminal of fixed service area into network, Apparatus and system
CN101690038A (en) * 2007-07-10 2010-03-31 高通股份有限公司 Be used in the peer discovery of peer-to-peer network, transmitting the coding method of identifier
US20110149878A1 (en) * 2009-12-23 2011-06-23 Sassan Ahmadi Femtocell discovery and association in cellular networks
CN102868997A (en) * 2011-07-06 2013-01-09 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Local gateway information processing method and device

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102638858B (en) * 2007-08-22 2015-11-25 华为技术有限公司 A kind of evolvement network switching handling method and system
CN102123161B (en) * 2010-01-08 2013-07-17 中国移动通信集团公司 Distributed mobility management method and distributed mobility management system
CN102595343B (en) * 2011-01-12 2016-01-13 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 The methods, devices and systems of transmission information
CN102905334B (en) * 2011-07-25 2014-05-07 上海无线通信研究中心 Method for converting D2D (device to device) communication into cellular communication by user terminal aided by cluster

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101001450A (en) * 2006-01-10 2007-07-18 中兴通讯股份有限公司 PHS system positioning method
CN101690038A (en) * 2007-07-10 2010-03-31 高通股份有限公司 Be used in the peer discovery of peer-to-peer network, transmitting the coding method of identifier
CN101599877A (en) * 2008-06-06 2009-12-09 华为技术有限公司 A kind of method of accessing user terminal of fixed service area into network, Apparatus and system
CN101583198A (en) * 2009-06-12 2009-11-18 华为技术有限公司 Switch link establishment method, device and system
US20110149878A1 (en) * 2009-12-23 2011-06-23 Sassan Ahmadi Femtocell discovery and association in cellular networks
CN102868997A (en) * 2011-07-06 2013-01-09 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Local gateway information processing method and device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN104080075B (en) 2019-11-26
CN104080075A (en) 2014-10-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10880675B2 (en) Registration management method for terminal accessing 5G network on non-3GPP access
TWI511602B (en) Method for device to device communication and base station and user equipment using the same
JP6907221B2 (en) Communication resource allocation methods and devices, terminal devices, base stations, and communication systems
TWI491297B (en) Method for device to device communication and base station and user equipment using the same
US9713182B2 (en) Method and apparatus for device to device communication
WO2014154014A1 (en) Method and system for obtaining serving base station information about user equipment
WO2014180283A1 (en) Device to device measurement processing method and apparatus
WO2016161853A1 (en) Relay node switching method and system
CN106535332B (en) Resource allocation transmission method and device
CN108377564B (en) Method and device for accessing terminal to network and method and device for delivering downlink data
CN111225427B (en) Method for establishing X2 through gateway
WO2015090057A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting and receiving routing information and routing information processing system
WO2014161383A1 (en) Methods for receiving device discovery information and sending device discovery information and user equipment
US20150319595A1 (en) Device-to-device communication setup using proximity services
JP2019515559A (en) Method and apparatus for providing broadcast / multicast service
WO2014161449A1 (en) Method and device for implementing proximity communication service
WO2014166439A1 (en) Trunking multicast decision method, trunking terminal, trunking server and storage medium
WO2014026384A1 (en) User equipment pairing processing method, network side device, and user equipment
US9642115B2 (en) Method for implementing trunk service based on long term evolution and trunk user terminal
CN104244443A (en) End-to-end connection establishment method and mobile management entity (MME)
KR20140096955A (en) Method and apparatus for device to device communication
WO2017193623A1 (en) Method, device and system for transmitting broadcasting services, and computer storage medium
WO2015043143A1 (en) Information determination method and related device
WO2022022082A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
JP2024506065A (en) Communication method and apparatus for multicast/broadcast services

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14773889

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 14773889

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1